mirror of
https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11.git
synced 2026-05-11 07:08:06 +02:00
specs/libX11: Move punctuation outside of the <function> tags
Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
This commit is contained in:
parent
d66d2134df
commit
5527b4bc8c
19 changed files with 2116 additions and 2116 deletions
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Basic Protocol Support Routines
|
|||
The basic protocol requests for extensions are
|
||||
<function>XQueryExtension</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XListExtensions .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListExtensions</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryExtension</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ function determines if the named extension is present.
|
|||
If the extension is not present,
|
||||
<function>XQueryExtension</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False ;</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, it returns
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
If the extension is present,
|
||||
<function>XQueryExtension</function>
|
||||
returns the major opcode for the extension to major_opcode_return;
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Specifies the list of extension names.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<function>XFreeExtensionList</function>
|
||||
function frees the memory allocated by
|
||||
<function>XListExtensions .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListExtensions</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .SH -->
|
||||
Hooking into Xlib
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -801,15 +801,15 @@ functions allow you to define new events to the library.
|
|||
An
|
||||
<function>XEvent</function>
|
||||
structure always has a type code (type
|
||||
<function>int )</function>
|
||||
<function>int</function>)
|
||||
as the first component.
|
||||
This uniquely identifies what kind of event it is.
|
||||
The second component is always the serial number (type
|
||||
<function>unsigned</function>
|
||||
<function>long )</function>
|
||||
<function>long</function>)
|
||||
of the last request processed by the server.
|
||||
The third component is always a Boolean (type
|
||||
<function>Bool )</function>
|
||||
<function>Bool</function>)
|
||||
indicating whether the event came from a
|
||||
<function>SendEvent</function>
|
||||
protocol request.
|
||||
|
|
@ -880,9 +880,9 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>
|
||||
function defines a procedure to be called when an event
|
||||
needs to be converted from wire format
|
||||
<function>( xEvent )</function>
|
||||
(<function>xEvent</function>)
|
||||
to host format
|
||||
<function>( XEvent ).</function>
|
||||
(<function>XEvent</function>).
|
||||
The event number defines which protocol event number to install a
|
||||
conversion procedure for.
|
||||
<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1036,9 +1036,9 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XESetEventToWire</function>
|
||||
function defines a procedure to be called when an event
|
||||
needs to be converted from host format
|
||||
<function>( XEvent ) </function>
|
||||
(<function>XEvent</function>)
|
||||
to wire format
|
||||
<function>( xEvent )</function>
|
||||
(<function>xEvent</function>)
|
||||
form.
|
||||
The event number defines which protocol event number to install a
|
||||
conversion procedure for.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1173,9 +1173,9 @@ If the error is to be completely ignored by Xlib
|
|||
(for example, several protocol error structures will be combined into
|
||||
one Xlib error),
|
||||
then the function should return
|
||||
<function>False ;</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, it should return
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetError</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ case, and are typically programmed to be synchronous).
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
When Xlib detects a protocol error in
|
||||
<function>_XReply , </function>
|
||||
<function>_XReply</function>,
|
||||
it calls your procedure with these arguments:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ The structure pointed at by ev is guaranteed to be as large as an
|
|||
structure and so can be cast to a type larger than an
|
||||
<function>XErrorEvent</function>
|
||||
to obtain additional values set by using
|
||||
<function>XESetWireToError .</function>
|
||||
<function>XESetWireToError</function>.
|
||||
The underlying type of the fp argument is system dependent;
|
||||
on a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant system, fp should be cast to type FILE*.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFlushGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1562,13 +1562,13 @@ Hooks onto Xlib Data Structures
|
|||
Various Xlib data structures have provisions for extension procedures
|
||||
to chain extension supplied data onto a list.
|
||||
These structures are
|
||||
<function>GC , </function>
|
||||
<function>Visual , </function>
|
||||
<function>Screen , </function>
|
||||
<function>ScreenFormat , </function>
|
||||
<function>Display , </function>
|
||||
<function>GC</function>,
|
||||
<function>Visual</function>,
|
||||
<function>Screen</function>,
|
||||
<function>ScreenFormat</function>,
|
||||
<function>Display</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XFontStruct .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFontStruct</function>.
|
||||
Because the list pointer is always the first member in the structure,
|
||||
a single set of procedures can be used to manipulate the data
|
||||
on these lists.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1650,11 +1650,11 @@ The
|
|||
function returns a pointer to the list of extension structures attached
|
||||
to the specified object.
|
||||
In concert with
|
||||
<function>XAddToExtensionList ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XAddToExtensionList</function>,
|
||||
<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function>
|
||||
allows an extension to attach arbitrary data to any of the structures
|
||||
of types contained in
|
||||
<function>XEDataObject .</function>
|
||||
<function>XEDataObject</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ Specifies the extension list.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the extension number from
|
||||
<function>XInitExtension .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInitExtension</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ single calls to be transformed into poly requests.
|
|||
This may dramatically improve performance of programs that are not
|
||||
written using poly requests.
|
||||
A pointer to an
|
||||
<function>xReq ,</function>
|
||||
<function>xReq</function>,
|
||||
called last_req in the display structure, is the last request being processed.
|
||||
By checking that the last request
|
||||
type, drawable, gc, and other options are the same as the new one
|
||||
|
|
@ -2174,16 +2174,16 @@ Instead, such requests use the
|
|||
structure in
|
||||
<X11/Xproto.h>.
|
||||
This structure is used for any request whose single argument is a
|
||||
<function>Window , </function>
|
||||
<function>Pixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Drawable , </function>
|
||||
<function>GContext , </function>
|
||||
<function>Font , </function>
|
||||
<function>Cursor , </function>
|
||||
<function>Colormap , </function>
|
||||
<function>Atom , </function>
|
||||
<function>Window</function>,
|
||||
<function>Pixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Drawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>GContext</function>,
|
||||
<function>Font</function>,
|
||||
<function>Cursor</function>,
|
||||
<function>Colormap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Atom</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>VisualID .</function>
|
||||
<function>VisualID</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2280,9 +2280,9 @@ The reply structure is longer than 32 bytes.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Only
|
||||
<function>GetWindowAttributes , </function>
|
||||
<function>QueryFont , </function>
|
||||
<function>QueryKeymap , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetWindowAttributes</function>,
|
||||
<function>QueryFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>QueryKeymap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>GetKeyboardControl </function>
|
||||
have reply structures longer than 32 bytes in the core protocol.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2383,11 +2383,11 @@ Sending the Protocol Request and Arguments
|
|||
After the variable declarations,
|
||||
a stub procedure should call one of four macros defined in
|
||||
<X11/Xlibint.h>:
|
||||
<function>GetReq , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetReqExtra , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetResReq , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetReq</function>,
|
||||
<function>GetReqExtra</function>,
|
||||
<function>GetResReq</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>GetEmptyReq . </function>
|
||||
<function>GetEmptyReq</function>.
|
||||
All of these macros take, as their first argument,
|
||||
the name of the protocol request as declared in
|
||||
<X11/Xproto.h>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ fills in its type and length field, and sets req to point to it.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If the protocol request has no arguments (for instance, X_GrabServer),
|
||||
then use
|
||||
<function>GetEmptyReq .</function>
|
||||
<function>GetEmptyReq</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2413,13 +2413,13 @@ then use
|
|||
GetEmptyReq (DoSomething, req);
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
If the protocol request has a single 32-bit argument (such as a
|
||||
<function>Pixmap , </function>
|
||||
<function>Window , </function>
|
||||
<function>Drawable , </function>
|
||||
<function>Atom , </function>
|
||||
<function>Pixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Window</function>,
|
||||
<function>Drawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>Atom</function>,
|
||||
and so on),
|
||||
then use
|
||||
<function>GetResReq . </function>
|
||||
<function>GetResReq</function>.
|
||||
The second argument to the macro is the 32-bit object.
|
||||
<function>X_MapWindow </function>
|
||||
is a good example.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2431,17 +2431,17 @@ is a good example.
|
|||
GetResReq (DoSomething, rid, req);
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
The rid argument is the
|
||||
<function>Pixmap , </function>
|
||||
<function>Window , </function>
|
||||
<function>Pixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Window</function>,
|
||||
or other resource ID.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If the protocol request takes any other argument list,
|
||||
then call
|
||||
<function>GetReq . </function>
|
||||
<function>GetReq</function>.
|
||||
After the
|
||||
<function>GetReq , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetReq</function>,
|
||||
you need to set all the other fields in the request structure,
|
||||
usually from arguments to the stub procedure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ req->arg2 = arg2;
|
|||
A few stub procedures (such as
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmap ) </function>
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmap</function>)
|
||||
return a resource ID to the caller but pass a resource ID as an argument
|
||||
to the protocol request.
|
||||
Such procedures use the macro
|
||||
|
|
@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ data after the request.
|
|||
Typically, these procedures (such as
|
||||
<function>XMoveWindow </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XSetBackground ) </function>
|
||||
<function>XSetBackground</function>)
|
||||
are special cases of more general functions like
|
||||
<function>XMoveResizeWindow </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC . </function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC</function>.
|
||||
These procedures use
|
||||
<function>GetReqExtra , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetReqExtra</function>,
|
||||
which is the same as
|
||||
<function>GetReq</function>
|
||||
except that it takes an additional argument (the number of
|
||||
|
|
@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ If it does not fit, however,
|
|||
the
|
||||
<function>Data </function>
|
||||
macro calls
|
||||
<function>_XSend , </function>
|
||||
<function>_XSend</function>,
|
||||
which transmits first the contents of the buffer and then your data.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>Data </function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2548,8 +2548,8 @@ and the number of bytes to be sent.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>Data ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Data16 ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Data</function>,
|
||||
<function>Data16</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>Data32</function>
|
||||
are macros that may use their last argument
|
||||
|
|
@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ macro.
|
|||
takes the same arguments, but because it sends your data immediately instead of
|
||||
copying it into the output buffer (which would later be flushed
|
||||
anyway by the following call on
|
||||
<function>_XReply ), </function>
|
||||
<function>_XReply</function>),
|
||||
it is faster.
|
||||
<!-- .SH -->
|
||||
Replies
|
||||
|
|
@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ A pointer to a reply structure (which must be cast to an
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The number of additional 32-bit words (beyond
|
||||
<function>sizeof( xReply ) </function>
|
||||
<function>sizeof( xReply</function>)
|
||||
= 32 bytes)
|
||||
in the reply structure
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2695,11 +2695,11 @@ beyond those it was told to read
|
|||
Because most reply structures are 32 bytes long,
|
||||
the third argument is usually 0.
|
||||
The only core protocol exceptions are the replies to
|
||||
<function>GetWindowAttributes , </function>
|
||||
<function>QueryFont , </function>
|
||||
<function>QueryKeymap , </function>
|
||||
<function>GetWindowAttributes</function>,
|
||||
<function>QueryFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>QueryKeymap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>GetKeyboardControl ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GetKeyboardControl</function>,
|
||||
which have longer replies.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ If there is variable-length data after the reply,
|
|||
change the
|
||||
<function>True </function>
|
||||
to
|
||||
<function>False , </function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
and use the appropriate
|
||||
<function>_XRead </function>
|
||||
function to read the variable-length data.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3041,9 +3041,9 @@ Synchronous Calling
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Each procedure should have a call, just before returning to the user,
|
||||
to a macro called
|
||||
<function>SyncHandle .</function>
|
||||
<function>SyncHandle</function>.
|
||||
If synchronous mode is enabled (see
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize ), </function>
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize</function>),
|
||||
the request is sent immediately.
|
||||
The library, however, waits until any error the procedure could generate
|
||||
at the server has been handled.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ or
|
|||
<function>Data</function>
|
||||
families of macros,
|
||||
after any use of
|
||||
<function>_XReply ,</function>
|
||||
<function>_XReply</function>,
|
||||
or after any use of the
|
||||
<function>_XSend</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
|
@ -3219,7 +3219,7 @@ Specifies the size of the buffer.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
You must pass back the same pointer and size that were returned by
|
||||
<function>_XAllocTemp .</function>
|
||||
<function>_XAllocTemp</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .SH -->
|
||||
Portability Considerations
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ in the protocol, be sure to declare it as
|
|||
<function>unsigned</function>
|
||||
<function>int</function>
|
||||
and not as
|
||||
<function>int .</function>
|
||||
<function>int</function>.
|
||||
(This, of course, does not apply to Booleans or enumerations.)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3270,11 +3270,11 @@ declare it as an
|
|||
and not as
|
||||
<function>int</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>long .</function>
|
||||
<function>long</function>.
|
||||
This also goes for any internal variables that may
|
||||
take on values larger than the maximum 16-bit
|
||||
<function>unsigned</function>
|
||||
<function>int .</function>
|
||||
<function>int</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3310,7 +3310,7 @@ in
|
|||
<stdio.h>
|
||||
and is the number of file descriptors supported on the system)
|
||||
of type
|
||||
<function>XExtCodes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XExtCodes</function>.
|
||||
Make sure these are all initialized to NULL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3327,7 +3327,7 @@ Call your initialization procedure and pass to it the display pointer.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Once in your initialization procedure, call
|
||||
<function>XInitExtension ;</function>
|
||||
<function>XInitExtension</function>;
|
||||
if it succeeds, store the pointer returned into this array.
|
||||
Make sure to establish a close display handler to allow you to zero the entry.
|
||||
Do whatever other initialization your extension requires.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Setting Standard Properties
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To specify a minimum set of properties describing the simplest application,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardProperties .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
and sets all or portions of the
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ which should be a null-terminated string.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the bitmap that is to be used for the icon or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ should be used to give a window manager some information about
|
|||
your program's preferences.
|
||||
It should not be used by applications that need
|
||||
to communicate more information than is possible with
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardProperties .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>.
|
||||
(Typically, argv is the argv array of your main program.)
|
||||
If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
|
||||
the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,9 +198,9 @@ header file and use the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the size hints for a given window in its normal state, use
|
||||
<function>XSetNormalHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetNormalHints</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,9 +287,9 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the size hints for a window in its normal state, use
|
||||
<function>XGetNormalHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetNormalHints</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XGetWMNormalHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ The next two functions set and read the WM_ZOOM_HINTS property.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the zoom hints for a window, use
|
||||
<function>XSetZoomHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetZoomHints</function>.
|
||||
This function is no longer supported by the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read the zoom hints for a window, use
|
||||
<function>XGetZoomHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetZoomHints</function>.
|
||||
This function is no longer supported by the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -495,9 +495,9 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the value of any property of type WM_SIZE_HINTS, use
|
||||
<function>XSetSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XSetWMSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -572,8 +572,8 @@ Thus, it may be useful if other properties of that type get defined.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetSizeHints</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -582,9 +582,9 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read the value of any property of type WM_SIZE_HINTS, use
|
||||
<function>XGetSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XGetWMSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ structure for the named property and the specified window.
|
|||
This is used by
|
||||
<function>XGetNormalHints</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XGetZoomHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetZoomHints</function>.
|
||||
It also can be used to retrieve the value of any property of type
|
||||
WM_SIZE_HINTS.
|
||||
Thus, it may be useful if other properties of that type get defined.
|
||||
|
|
@ -675,9 +675,9 @@ Getting and Setting an XStandardColormap Structure
|
|||
To get the
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap </function>
|
||||
structure associated with one of the described atoms, use
|
||||
<function>XGetStandardColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XGetRGBColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetRGBColormap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -777,9 +777,9 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a standard colormap, use
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XSetRGBColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetRGBColormap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -846,9 +846,9 @@ function usually is only used by window or session managers.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -859,9 +859,9 @@ Parsing Window Geometry
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To parse window geometry given a user-specified position
|
||||
and a default position, use
|
||||
<function>XGeometry .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGeometry</function>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XWMGeometry .</function>
|
||||
<function>XWMGeometry</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGeometry</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ function returns the value of the resource <emphasis remap='I'>prog</emphasis>.<
|
|||
where <emphasis remap='I'>prog</emphasis> is the program argument with the directory prefix removed
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis> must be a single component.
|
||||
Note that multilevel resources cannot be used with
|
||||
<function>XGetDefault .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetDefault</function>.
|
||||
The class "Program.Name" is always used for the resource lookup.
|
||||
If the specified option name does not exist for this program,
|
||||
<function>XGetDefault</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1133,11 +1133,11 @@ are owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If a database has been set with
|
||||
<function>XrmSetDatabase , </function>
|
||||
<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>,
|
||||
that database is used for the lookup.
|
||||
Otherwise, a database is created
|
||||
and is set in the display (as if by calling
|
||||
<function>XrmSetDatabase ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>).
|
||||
The database is created in the current locale.
|
||||
To create a database,
|
||||
<function>XGetDefault</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ If no such property exists,
|
|||
a resource file in the user's home directory is used.
|
||||
On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system,
|
||||
this file is
|
||||
<function>"$HOME/.Xdefaults" .</function>
|
||||
<function>"$HOME/.Xdefaults"</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary>$HOME/.Xdefaults</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
After loading these defaults,
|
||||
<function>XGetDefault</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1201,16 +1201,16 @@ is much faster.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the
|
||||
X Version 10 functions
|
||||
<function>XDraw , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDraw</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<function>XDrawFilled , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawFilled</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPatterned , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<function>XDrawDashed , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawDashed</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawTiled . </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawTiled</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing
|
||||
functions.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ Just how the graphics context you use is set up actually
|
|||
determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on.
|
||||
Lines are properly joined if they connect and include
|
||||
the closing of a closed figure (see
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines</function>).
|
||||
The functions discussed here fail (return zero) only if they run out of memory
|
||||
or are passed a
|
||||
<function>Vertex </function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1248,15 +1248,15 @@ set.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
|
||||
<function>XDraw , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDraw</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<function>XDrawDashed , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawDashed</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawPatterned , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDraw . </function>
|
||||
<function>XDraw</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1466,10 +1466,10 @@ To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
|
|||
<function>XDrawTiled </function>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawFilled , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawFilled</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDrawFilled .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawFilled</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>#include <X11/X10.h></para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1575,9 +1575,9 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
system provides users of the X library with a method
|
||||
for associating their own data structures with X resources
|
||||
<function>( Pixmaps , </function>
|
||||
<function>Fonts , </function>
|
||||
<function>Windows , </function>
|
||||
(<function>Pixmaps</function>,
|
||||
<function>Fonts</function>,
|
||||
<function>Windows</function>,
|
||||
and so on).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1623,9 +1623,9 @@ bucket.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return a pointer to a new
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable , </function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XCreateAssocTable .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateAssocTable</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ use
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the number of buckets in the hash system of
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ Specifies the number of buckets in the hash system of
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the
|
||||
hash system of
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>.
|
||||
For reasons of efficiency the number of buckets
|
||||
should be a power of two.
|
||||
Some size suggestions might be: use 32 buckets per 100 objects,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1669,9 +1669,9 @@ a NULL pointer is returned.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create an entry in a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XMakeAssoc .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMakeAssoc</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1744,9 +1744,9 @@ the highest XID.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain data from a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XLookUpAssoc .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1809,9 +1809,9 @@ it returns NULL.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To delete an entry from a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDeleteAssoc .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDeleteAssoc</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1866,15 +1866,15 @@ function deletes an association in an
|
|||
keyed on its XID.
|
||||
Redundant deletes (and deletes of nonexistent XIDs) are ignored.
|
||||
Deleting associations in no way impairs the performance of an
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free the memory associated with a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDestroyAssocTable .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDestroyAssocTable</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ which will be called when the error is reported.
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
If a client does not want a request to execute asynchronously,
|
||||
it can follow the request with a call to
|
||||
<function>XSync , </function>
|
||||
<function>XSync</function>,
|
||||
which blocks until all previously buffered
|
||||
asynchronous events have been sent and acted on.
|
||||
As an important side effect,
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,13 +171,13 @@ that returns a value from the server or waits for input.
|
|||
Many Xlib functions will return an integer resource ID,
|
||||
which allows you to refer to objects stored on the X server.
|
||||
These can be of type
|
||||
<function>Window , </function>
|
||||
<function>Font , </function>
|
||||
<function>Pixmap , </function>
|
||||
<function>Colormap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Cursor , </function>
|
||||
<function>Window</function>,
|
||||
<function>Font</function>,
|
||||
<function>Pixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Colormap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Cursor</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>GContext ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GContext</function>,
|
||||
as defined in the file
|
||||
<!-- .hN X11/X.h . -->
|
||||
These resources are created by requests and are destroyed
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,10 +209,10 @@ arrive asynchronously from the server and are queued until they are
|
|||
requested by an explicit call (for example,
|
||||
<function>XNextEvent</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent</function>).
|
||||
In addition, some library
|
||||
functions (for example,
|
||||
<function>XRaiseWindow )</function>
|
||||
<function>XRaiseWindow</function>)
|
||||
generate
|
||||
<function>Expose</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ after calling a function that can cause the server to generate events.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Some functions return
|
||||
<function>Status , </function>
|
||||
<function>Status</function>,
|
||||
an integer error indication.
|
||||
If the function fails, it returns a zero.
|
||||
If the function returns a status of zero,
|
||||
|
|
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ The following include files are part of the Xlib standard:
|
|||
This is the main header file for Xlib.
|
||||
The majority of all Xlib symbols are declared by including this file.
|
||||
This file also contains the preprocessor symbol
|
||||
<function>XlibSpecificationRelease .</function>
|
||||
<function>XlibSpecificationRelease</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XlibSpecificationRelease</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
This symbol is defined to have the 6 in this release of the standard.
|
||||
(Release 5 of Xlib was the first release to have this symbol.)
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ prior to inclusion of the file to obtain the associated values.
|
|||
The preprocessor symbols are <function>XK_MISCELLANY, XK_XKB_KEYS, XK_3270,
|
||||
XK_LATIN1, XK_LATIN2, XK_LATIN3, XK_LATIN4, XK_KATAKANA, XK_ARABIC,
|
||||
XK_CYRILLIC, XK_GREEK, XK_TECHNICAL, XK_SPECIAL, XK_PUBLISHING, XK_APL,
|
||||
XK_HEBREW, XK_THAI, and XK_KOREAN.</function>
|
||||
XK_HEBREW, XK_THAI, and XK_KOREAN</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Xlib defines the type
|
|||
and the Boolean values
|
||||
<function>True</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>None</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ a..z A..Z 0..9 ._-
|
|||
Global symbols are printed in
|
||||
<function>this </function>
|
||||
<function>special </function>
|
||||
<function>font .</function>
|
||||
<function>font</function>.
|
||||
These can be either function names,
|
||||
symbols defined in include files, or structure names.
|
||||
When declared and defined,
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Use internal connections
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To open a connection to the X server that controls a display, use
|
||||
<function>XOpenDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenDisplay</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ If
|
|||
<function>XOpenDisplay </function>
|
||||
does not succeed, it returns NULL.
|
||||
After a successful call to
|
||||
<function>XOpenDisplay ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XOpenDisplay</function>,
|
||||
all of the screens in the display can be used by the client.
|
||||
The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned
|
||||
by the
|
||||
|
|
@ -293,11 +293,11 @@ Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the
|
|||
structure.
|
||||
<!-- .NT Note -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>XDisplayWidth ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayHeight ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayCells ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayPlanes ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayWidthMM ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayWidth</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDisplayHeight</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDisplayCells</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDisplayPlanes</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDisplayWidthMM</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XDisplayHeightMM</function>
|
||||
functions in the next sections are misnamed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -566,14 +566,14 @@ Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
|
|||
Both return the depth (number of planes) of the default root window for the
|
||||
specified screen.
|
||||
Other depths may also be supported on this screen (see
|
||||
<function>XMatchVisualInfo ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListDepths</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
To determine the number of depths that are available on a given screen, use
|
||||
<function>XListDepths .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListDepths</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ can be allocated,
|
|||
sets count_return to the number of available depths.
|
||||
Otherwise, it does not set count_return and returns NULL.
|
||||
To release the memory allocated for the array of depths, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1061,22 +1061,22 @@ extended-length protocol encoding; otherwise,
|
|||
it returns the maximum request size (in 4-byte units) supported
|
||||
by the server using the extended-length encoding.
|
||||
The Xlib functions
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawArcs ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawArcs</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon</function>,
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty</function>,
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XSetRegion</function>
|
||||
will use the extended-length encoding as necessary, if supported
|
||||
by the server. Use of the extended-length encoding in other Xlib
|
||||
functions (for example,
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutImage )</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles</function>,
|
||||
<function>XPutImage</function>)
|
||||
is permitted but not required; an Xlib implementation may choose to
|
||||
split the data across multiple smaller requests instead.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1121,13 +1121,13 @@ The protocol guarantees the size to be no smaller than 4096 units
|
|||
(16384 bytes).
|
||||
Xlib automatically breaks data up into multiple protocol requests
|
||||
as necessary for the following functions:
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XPutImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutImage</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
Both return the length of the event queue for the connected display.
|
||||
Note that there may be more events that have not been read into
|
||||
the queue yet (see
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the pixmap format information for a given display, use
|
||||
<function>XListPixmapFormats .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListPixmapFormats</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ returns NULL.
|
|||
To free the allocated storage for the
|
||||
<function>XPixmapFormatValues</function>
|
||||
structures, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ Z format.
|
|||
The macro or function can return either
|
||||
<function>LSBFirst </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>MSBFirst .</function>
|
||||
<function>MSBFirst</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ unit.
|
|||
This macro or function can return
|
||||
<function>LSBFirst</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>MSBFirst .</function>
|
||||
<function>MSBFirst</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2204,8 +2204,8 @@ structure.
|
|||
Both return a value indicating whether the screen supports backing
|
||||
stores.
|
||||
The value returned can be one of
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped ,</function>
|
||||
<function>NotUseful ,</function>
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped</function>,
|
||||
<function>NotUseful</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>Always </function>
|
||||
(see section 3.2.4).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2247,10 +2247,10 @@ structure.
|
|||
Both return a Boolean value indicating whether the
|
||||
screen supports save unders.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
the screen supports save unders.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
the screen does not support save unders (see section 3.2.5).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ Both return the root window of the specified screen.
|
|||
To execute a
|
||||
<function>NoOperation </function>
|
||||
protocol request, use
|
||||
<function>XNoOp .</function>
|
||||
<function>XNoOp</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNoOp</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ thereby exercising the connection.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To free in-memory data that was created by an Xlib function, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFree</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ A NULL pointer cannot be passed to this function.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To close a display or disconnect from the X server, use
|
||||
<function>XCloseDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCloseDisplay</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2781,17 +2781,17 @@ The
|
|||
function closes the connection to the X server for the display specified in the
|
||||
<function>Display</function>
|
||||
structure and destroys all windows, resource IDs
|
||||
<function>( Window ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Font ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Pixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Colormap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Cursor ,</function>
|
||||
(<function>Window</function>,
|
||||
<function>Font</function>,
|
||||
<function>Pixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Colormap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Cursor</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>GContext ),</function>
|
||||
<function>GContext</function>),
|
||||
or other resources that the client has created
|
||||
on this display, unless the close-down mode of the resource has been changed
|
||||
(see
|
||||
<function>XSetCloseDownMode ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>).
|
||||
Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be
|
||||
referenced again or an error will be generated.
|
||||
Before exiting, you should call
|
||||
|
|
@ -2817,7 +2817,7 @@ error.
|
|||
Xlib provides a function to permit the resources owned by a client
|
||||
to survive after the client's connection is closed.
|
||||
To change a client's close-down mode, use
|
||||
<function>XSetCloseDownMode .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCloseDownMode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2848,10 +2848,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the client close-down mode.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>DestroyAll , </function>
|
||||
<function>RetainPermanent , </function>
|
||||
<function>DestroyAll</function>,
|
||||
<function>RetainPermanent</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary . </function>
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@ For information on what happens to the client's resources when the
|
|||
close_mode argument is
|
||||
<function>RetainPermanent</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary ,</function>
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary</function>,
|
||||
see section 2.6.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ automatic operations:
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
It disowns all selections owned by the client
|
||||
(see
|
||||
<function>XSetSelectionOwner ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2930,17 +2930,17 @@ by the client either as permanent or temporary,
|
|||
depending on whether the close-down mode is
|
||||
<function>RetainPermanent</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary .</function>
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary</function>.
|
||||
However, this does not prevent other client applications from explicitly
|
||||
destroying the resources (see
|
||||
<function>XSetCloseDownMode ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
When the close-down mode is
|
||||
<function>DestroyAll ,</function>
|
||||
<function>DestroyAll</function>,
|
||||
the X server destroys all of a client's resources as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2975,12 +2975,12 @@ It destroys all windows created by the client.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
It performs the appropriate free request on each nonwindow resource created by
|
||||
the client in the server (for example,
|
||||
<function>Font , </function>
|
||||
<function>Pixmap , </function>
|
||||
<function>Cursor , </function>
|
||||
<function>Colormap , </function>
|
||||
<function>Font</function>,
|
||||
<function>Pixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>Cursor</function>,
|
||||
<function>Colormap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>GContext ).</function>
|
||||
<function>GContext</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ An X server goes through a cycle of having no connections and having some
|
|||
connections.
|
||||
When the last connection to the X server closes as a result of a connection
|
||||
closing with the close_mode of
|
||||
<function>DestroyAll ,</function>
|
||||
<function>DestroyAll</function>,
|
||||
the X server does the following:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ It restores the default font path.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It restores the input focus to state
|
||||
<function>PointerRoot .</function>
|
||||
<function>PointerRoot</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ However, the X server does not reset if you close a connection with a close-down
|
|||
mode set to
|
||||
<function>RetainPermanent</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary .</function>
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Using_Xlib_with_Threads">
|
||||
|
|
@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ multiple threads to use Xlib concurrently.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To initialize support for concurrent threads, use
|
||||
<function>XInitThreads .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInitThreads</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitThreads</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3102,7 +3102,7 @@ It is recommended that single-threaded programs not call this function.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To lock a display across several Xlib calls, use
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3138,16 +3138,16 @@ Nested calls to
|
|||
work correctly; the display will not actually be unlocked until
|
||||
<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>
|
||||
has been called the same number of times as
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
|
||||
This function has no effect unless Xlib was successfully initialized
|
||||
for threads using
|
||||
<function>XInitThreads .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInitThreads</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To unlock a display, use
|
||||
<function>XUnlockDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ must be called an equal number of times before the display is
|
|||
actually unlocked.
|
||||
This function has no effect unless Xlib was successfully initialized
|
||||
for threads using
|
||||
<function>XInitThreads .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInitThreads</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Using_Internal_Connections">
|
||||
|
|
@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ facilities.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To track internal connections for a display, use
|
||||
<function>XAddConnectionWatch .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3272,11 +3272,11 @@ internal connection for the specified display. The procedure is passed the
|
|||
display, the specified client_data, the file descriptor for the connection,
|
||||
a Boolean indicating whether the connection is being opened or closed, and a
|
||||
pointer to a location for private watch data. If opening is
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
the procedure can store a pointer to private data in the location pointed
|
||||
to by watch_data;
|
||||
when the procedure is later called for this same connection and opening is
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
the location pointed to by watch_data will hold this same private data pointer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3299,13 +3299,13 @@ If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the procedure is called with
|
|||
the display locked and the result of a call by the procedure to any
|
||||
Xlib function that locks the display is not defined unless the executing
|
||||
thread has externally locked the display using
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To stop tracking internal connections for a display, use
|
||||
<function>XRemoveConnectionWatch .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveConnectionWatch</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ was initially registered.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To process input on an internal connection, use
|
||||
<function>XProcessInternalConnection .</function>
|
||||
<function>XProcessInternalConnection</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProcessInternalConnection</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ This function should be called for an internal connection only
|
|||
after an operating system facility (for example,
|
||||
<function>select</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>poll )</function>
|
||||
<function>poll</function>)
|
||||
has indicated that input is available; otherwise,
|
||||
the effect is not defined.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ the effect is not defined.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain all of the current internal connections for a display, use
|
||||
<function>XInternalConnectionNumbers .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternalConnectionNumbers</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3480,7 +3480,7 @@ function returns a list of the file descriptors for all internal
|
|||
connections currently open for the specified display.
|
||||
When the allocated list is no longer needed,
|
||||
free it by using
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
This functions returns a nonzero status if the list is successfully allocated;
|
||||
otherwise, it returns zero.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ and can be
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticColor</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>GrayScale</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>PseudoColor</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<function>StaticGray ,</function>
|
||||
<function>StaticColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>TrueColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GrayScale ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PseudoColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>StaticGray</function>,
|
||||
<function>StaticColor</function>,
|
||||
<function>TrueColor</function>,
|
||||
<function>GrayScale</function>,
|
||||
<function>PseudoColor</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>DirectColor .</function>
|
||||
<function>DirectColor</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values in the following ways:
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>PseudoColor , </function>
|
||||
<function>PseudoColor</function>,
|
||||
a pixel value indexes a colormap to produce
|
||||
independent <acronym>RGB</acronym> values, and the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values can be changed dynamically.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ same value for red, green, and blue in the colormaps.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>DirectColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>DirectColor</function>,
|
||||
a pixel value is decomposed into separate <acronym>RGB</acronym> subfields, and each
|
||||
subfield separately indexes the colormap for the corresponding value.
|
||||
The <acronym>RGB</acronym> values can be changed dynamically.
|
||||
|
|
@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ colormap can be thought of as monochrome.
|
|||
The red_mask, green_mask, and blue_mask members are only defined for
|
||||
<function>DirectColor</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>TrueColor . </function>
|
||||
<function>TrueColor</function>.
|
||||
Each has one contiguous set of bits with no
|
||||
intersections.
|
||||
The bits_per_rgb member specifies the log base 2 of the
|
||||
|
|
@ -161,16 +161,16 @@ in a newly created colormap.
|
|||
For
|
||||
<function>DirectColor </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>TrueColor , </function>
|
||||
<function>TrueColor</function>,
|
||||
this is the size of an individual pixel subfield.
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To obtain the visual ID from a
|
||||
<function>Visual ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Visual</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XVisualIDFromVisual .</function>
|
||||
<function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVisualIDFromVisual</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ are to be made.
|
|||
The pattern can either be relative to the parent
|
||||
or absolute.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative</function>,
|
||||
the parent's background is used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ An application may wish to create a window long before it is
|
|||
mapped to the screen.
|
||||
When a window is eventually mapped to the screen
|
||||
(using
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow ),</function>
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow</function>),
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
the X server generates an
|
||||
<function>Expose </function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ set the appropriate member of the
|
|||
structure and OR in the corresponding value bitmask in your subsequent calls to
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>,
|
||||
or use one of the other convenience functions that set the appropriate
|
||||
attribute.
|
||||
The symbols for the value mask bits and the
|
||||
|
|
@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ a window's background in a single color.
|
|||
You can set the background-pixmap to a pixmap,
|
||||
<function>None </function>
|
||||
(default), or
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative .</function>
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative</function>.
|
||||
You can set the background-pixel of a window to any pixel value (no default).
|
||||
If you specify a background-pixel,
|
||||
it overrides either the default background-pixmap
|
||||
|
|
@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ or a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If you set background-pixmap to
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the window has no defined background.
|
||||
If you set the background-pixmap to
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative :</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -591,9 +591,9 @@ error results.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If the parent window has a background-pixmap of
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the window also has a background-pixmap of
|
||||
<function>None . </function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ background-pixmap is required.
|
|||
The background tile origin always aligns with the parent window's
|
||||
background tile origin.
|
||||
If the background-pixmap is not
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative</function>,
|
||||
the background tile origin is the child window's origin.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -630,9 +630,9 @@ When no valid contents are available for regions of a window
|
|||
and either the regions are visible or the server is maintaining backing store,
|
||||
the server automatically tiles the regions with the window's background
|
||||
unless the window has a background of
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
If the background is
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the previous screen contents from other windows of the same depth as the window
|
||||
are simply left in place as long as the contents come from the parent of the
|
||||
window or an inferior of the parent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ or a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If you set the border-pixmap to
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>,
|
||||
the parent window's border-pixmap is copied.
|
||||
Subsequent changes to the parent window's border attribute do not affect
|
||||
the child window.
|
||||
|
|
@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ retained when an
|
|||
<function>InputOutput</function>
|
||||
window is resized.
|
||||
The default value for the bit-gravity attribute is
|
||||
<function>ForgetGravity .</function>
|
||||
<function>ForgetGravity</function>.
|
||||
The window gravity of a window allows you to define how the
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>
|
||||
window should be repositioned if its parent is resized.
|
||||
The default value for the win-gravity attribute is
|
||||
<function>NorthWestGravity .</function>
|
||||
<function>NorthWestGravity</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -885,9 +885,9 @@ with the contents of a window.
|
|||
The backing-store attribute can be set to
|
||||
<function>NotUseful </function>
|
||||
(default),
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped ,</function>
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>Always .</function>
|
||||
<function>Always</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ or
|
|||
<function>False </function>
|
||||
(default).
|
||||
If save-under is
|
||||
<function>True , </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
the X server is advised that, when this window is mapped,
|
||||
saving the contents of windows it obscures would be beneficial.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1015,18 +1015,18 @@ or
|
|||
window.
|
||||
The do-not-propagate-mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more
|
||||
of the following masks:
|
||||
<function>KeyPress , </function>
|
||||
<function>KeyRelease ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ButtonPress , </function>
|
||||
<function>ButtonRelease ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PointerMotion ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Button1Motion , </function>
|
||||
<function>Button2Motion , </function>
|
||||
<function>Button3Motion ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Button4Motion , </function>
|
||||
<function>Button5Motion , </function>
|
||||
<function>KeyPress</function>,
|
||||
<function>KeyRelease</function>,
|
||||
<function>ButtonPress</function>,
|
||||
<function>ButtonRelease</function>,
|
||||
<function>PointerMotion</function>,
|
||||
<function>Button1Motion</function>,
|
||||
<function>Button2Motion</function>,
|
||||
<function>Button3Motion</function>,
|
||||
<function>Button4Motion</function>,
|
||||
<function>Button5Motion</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>ButtonMotion .</function>
|
||||
<function>ButtonMotion</function>.
|
||||
You can specify that all events are propagated by setting
|
||||
<function>NoEventMask </function>
|
||||
(default).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ error results.
|
|||
X servers capable of supporting multiple
|
||||
hardware colormaps can use this information,
|
||||
and window managers can use it for calls to
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap</function>.
|
||||
You can set the colormap attribute to a colormap or to
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>
|
||||
(default).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1092,14 +1092,14 @@ You can set the colormap attribute to a colormap or to
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If you set the colormap to
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>,
|
||||
the parent window's colormap is copied and used by its child.
|
||||
However, the child window must have the same visual type as the parent,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The parent window must not have a colormap of
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ You can set the cursor to a cursor or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If you set the cursor to
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the parent's cursor is used when the
|
||||
pointer is in the
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ or
|
|||
window, and any change in the parent's cursor will cause an
|
||||
immediate change in the displayed cursor.
|
||||
By calling
|
||||
<function>XFreeCursor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeCursor</function>,
|
||||
the cursor can be freed immediately as long as no further explicit reference
|
||||
to it is made.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ Extension packages can define other classes of windows.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To create an unmapped window and set its window attributes, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1356,10 +1356,10 @@ means the depth is taken from the parent.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the created window's class.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>InputOutput , </function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly , </function>
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>,
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent .</function>
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>.
|
||||
A class of
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>
|
||||
means the class
|
||||
|
|
@ -1442,14 +1442,14 @@ window must be zero, or a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
For class
|
||||
<function>InputOutput ,</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>,
|
||||
the visual type and depth must be a combination supported for the screen,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The depth need not be the same as the parent,
|
||||
but the parent must not be a window of class
|
||||
<function>InputOnly ,</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1470,11 +1470,11 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The created window is not yet displayed (mapped) on the user's display.
|
||||
To display the window, call
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow</function>.
|
||||
The new window initially uses the same cursor as
|
||||
its parent.
|
||||
A new cursor can be defined for the new window by calling
|
||||
<function>XDefineCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDefineCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Cursor</primary><secondary>Initial State</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
The window will not be visible on the screen unless it and all of its
|
||||
|
|
@ -1484,12 +1484,12 @@ ancestors are mapped and it is not obscured by any of its ancestors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadCursor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadColor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadCursor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
To create an unmapped
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>
|
||||
subwindow of a given parent window, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateSimpleWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateSimpleWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1648,9 +1648,9 @@ have their default values.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ subwindows of a window.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To destroy a window and all of its subwindows, use
|
||||
<function>XDestroyWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDestroyWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To destroy all subwindows of a specified window, use
|
||||
<function>XDestroySubwindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroySubwindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ reparent the child into a frame first.
|
|||
For further information,
|
||||
see sections 3.2.8 and 10.10.
|
||||
Only a single client at a time can select for
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ event.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To map a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To map and raise a window, use
|
||||
<function>XMapRaised .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMapRaised</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapRaised</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ subwindows that have had map requests.
|
|||
However, it also raises the specified window to the top of the stack.
|
||||
For additional information,
|
||||
see
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMapWindow</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To map all subwindows for a specified window, use
|
||||
<function>XMapSubwindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMapSubwindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ Xlib provides functions that you can use to unmap a window or all subwindows.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To unmap a window, use
|
||||
<function>XUnmapWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnmapWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To unmap all subwindows for a specified window, use
|
||||
<function>XUnmapSubwindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ To change one of these parameters,
|
|||
set the appropriate member of the
|
||||
<function>XWindowChanges</function>
|
||||
structure and OR in the corresponding value mask in subsequent calls to
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.
|
||||
The symbols for the value mask bits and the
|
||||
<function>XWindowChanges</function>
|
||||
structure are:
|
||||
|
|
@ -2343,12 +2343,12 @@ error results.
|
|||
The sibling member is used to set the sibling window for stacking operations.
|
||||
The stack_mode member is used to set how the window is to be restacked
|
||||
and can be set to
|
||||
<function>Above , </function>
|
||||
<function>Below , </function>
|
||||
<function>TopIf , </function>
|
||||
<function>BottomIf ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Above</function>,
|
||||
<function>Below</function>,
|
||||
<function>TopIf</function>,
|
||||
<function>BottomIf</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>Opposite .</function>
|
||||
<function>Opposite</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2409,10 +2409,10 @@ and any regions where window contents are lost.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The restack check (specifically, the computation for
|
||||
<function>BottomIf ,</function>
|
||||
<function>TopIf ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BottomIf</function>,
|
||||
<function>TopIf</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>Opposite )</function>
|
||||
<function>Opposite</function>)
|
||||
is performed with respect to the window's final size and position (as
|
||||
controlled by the other arguments of the request), not its initial position.
|
||||
If a sibling is specified without a stack_mode,
|
||||
|
|
@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ Attempts to configure a root window have no effect.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To configure a window's size, location, stacking, or border, use
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConfigureWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2590,13 +2590,13 @@ a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
Note that the computations for
|
||||
<function>BottomIf ,</function>
|
||||
<function>TopIf ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BottomIf</function>,
|
||||
<function>TopIf</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>Opposite</function>
|
||||
are performed with respect to the window's final geometry (as controlled by the
|
||||
other arguments passed to
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow ),</function>
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow</function>),
|
||||
not its initial geometry.
|
||||
Any backing store contents of the window, its
|
||||
inferiors, and other newly visible windows are either discarded or
|
||||
|
|
@ -2607,8 +2607,8 @@ changed to reflect the current screen contents
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To move a window without changing its size, use
|
||||
<function>XMoveWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMoveWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2719,7 +2719,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change a window's size without changing the upper-left coordinate, use
|
||||
<function>XResizeWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XResizeWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change the size and location of a window, use
|
||||
<function>XMoveResizeWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change the border width of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderWidth</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ or restack windows.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To raise a window so that no sibling window obscures it, use
|
||||
<function>XRaiseWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRaiseWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRaiseWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To lower a window so that it does not obscure any sibling windows, use
|
||||
<function>XLowerWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLowerWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLowerWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3167,7 +3167,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To circulate a subwindow up or down, use
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3211,7 +3211,7 @@ the window.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>RaiseLowest</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>LowerHighest .</function>
|
||||
<function>LowerHighest</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3225,12 +3225,12 @@ The
|
|||
function circulates children of the specified window in the specified
|
||||
direction.
|
||||
If you specify
|
||||
<function>RaiseLowest ,</function>
|
||||
<function>RaiseLowest</function>,
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
|
||||
raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is occluded
|
||||
by another child to the top of the stack.
|
||||
If you specify
|
||||
<function>LowerHighest ,</function>
|
||||
<function>LowerHighest</function>,
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
|
||||
lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that occludes another child
|
||||
to the bottom of the stack.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3259,7 +3259,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To raise the lowest mapped child of a window that is partially or completely
|
||||
occluded by another child, use
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3321,7 +3321,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To lower the highest mapped child of a window that partially or
|
||||
completely occludes another child, use
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3380,7 +3380,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To restack a set of windows from top to bottom, use
|
||||
<function>XRestackWindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRestackWindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRestackWindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ window attribute, such as a window's background.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change one or more attributes for a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3533,7 +3533,7 @@ If valuemask is zero,
|
|||
the attributes are ignored and are not referenced.
|
||||
The values and restrictions are
|
||||
the same as for
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3574,7 +3574,7 @@ structure to change the specified window attributes.
|
|||
Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be
|
||||
changed.
|
||||
To repaint the window and its background, use
|
||||
<function>XClearWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XClearWindow</function>.
|
||||
Setting the border or changing the background such that the
|
||||
border tile origin changes causes the border to be repainted.
|
||||
Changing the background of a root window to
|
||||
|
|
@ -3590,7 +3590,7 @@ window.
|
|||
Changing the backing-store of an obscured window to
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>Always , </function>
|
||||
<function>Always</function>,
|
||||
or changing the backing-planes, backing-pixel, or
|
||||
save-under of a mapped window may have no immediate effect.
|
||||
Changing the colormap of a window (that is, defining a new map, not
|
||||
|
|
@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ event.
|
|||
Changing the colormap of a visible window may have no
|
||||
immediate effect on the screen because the map may not be installed
|
||||
(see
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap</function>).
|
||||
Changing the cursor of a root window to
|
||||
<function>None </function>
|
||||
restores the default
|
||||
|
|
@ -3614,10 +3614,10 @@ Their event masks are maintained separately.
|
|||
When an event is generated,
|
||||
it is reported to all interested clients.
|
||||
However, only one client at a time can select for
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask , </function>
|
||||
<function>ResizeRedirectMask , </function>
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask</function>,
|
||||
<function>ResizeRedirectMask</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>ButtonPressMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>ButtonPressMask</function>.
|
||||
If a client attempts to select any of these event masks
|
||||
and some other client has already selected one,
|
||||
a
|
||||
|
|
@ -3630,12 +3630,12 @@ not one per client.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAccess ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadCursor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAccess</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadColor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadCursor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3644,7 +3644,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the background of a window to a given pixel, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBackground .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackground</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3720,7 +3720,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the background of a window to a given pixmap, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>background</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3761,9 +3761,9 @@ Specifies the window.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the background pixmap,
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ParentRelative</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3790,15 +3790,15 @@ window, a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If the background is set to
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the window has no defined background.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ do not change the current contents of the window.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change and repaint a window's border to a given pixel, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorder .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorder</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change and repaint the border tile of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3923,7 +3923,7 @@ Specifies the window.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the border pixmap or
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent .</function>
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3938,7 +3938,7 @@ function sets the border pixmap of the window to the pixmap you specify.
|
|||
The border pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit
|
||||
references to it are to be made.
|
||||
If you specify
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CopyFromParent</function>,
|
||||
a copy of the parent window's border pixmap is used.
|
||||
If you attempt to perform this on an
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3952,8 +3952,8 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3962,7 +3962,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the colormap of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowColormap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4022,8 +4022,8 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadColor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4032,7 +4032,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To define which cursor will be used in a window, use
|
||||
<function>XDefineCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDefineCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>defining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -4073,7 +4073,7 @@ Specifies the window.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4084,9 +4084,9 @@ Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
If a cursor is set, it will be used when the pointer is in the window.
|
||||
If the cursor is
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
it is equivalent to
|
||||
<function>XUndefineCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUndefineCursor</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -4101,7 +4101,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To undefine the cursor in a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XUndefineCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUndefineCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>undefining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUndefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ exists.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for
|
||||
a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryTree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryTree</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Parent Window</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTree</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most
|
|||
<function>XQueryTree</function>
|
||||
returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds.
|
||||
To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowAttributes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ The root member is set to the root window of the screen containing the window.
|
|||
The class member is set to the window's class and can be either
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>InputOnly .</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -330,10 +330,10 @@ see section 3.2.3. <!-- xref -->
|
|||
The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain
|
||||
the contents of a window
|
||||
and can be
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Always ,</function>
|
||||
<function>WhenMapped</function>,
|
||||
<function>Always</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>NotUseful .</function>
|
||||
<function>NotUseful</function>.
|
||||
The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit
|
||||
planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores
|
||||
and during save_unders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -345,20 +345,20 @@ for planes not set in backing_planes.
|
|||
The save_under member is set to
|
||||
<function>True</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be
|
||||
a colormap ID or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is
|
||||
currently installed and can be
|
||||
<function>True</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
The map_state member is set to indicate the state of the window and can be
|
||||
<function>IsUnmapped ,</function>
|
||||
<function>IsUnviewable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>IsUnmapped</function>,
|
||||
<function>IsUnviewable</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>IsViewable .</function>
|
||||
<function>IsViewable</function>.
|
||||
<function>IsUnviewable</function>
|
||||
is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides
|
|||
structure control facilities and can be
|
||||
<function>True</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XGetGeometry .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetGeometry</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ The geometry of the drawable includes the x and y coordinates, width and height,
|
|||
border width, and depth.
|
||||
These are described in the argument list.
|
||||
It is legal to pass to this function a window whose class is
|
||||
<function>InputOnly .</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ asking the X server to perform these operations.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To translate a coordinate in one window to the coordinate
|
||||
space of another window, use
|
||||
<function>XTranslateCoordinates .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTranslateCoordinates</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ destination window.
|
|||
If
|
||||
<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative
|
||||
to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to
|
||||
dest_x_return and dest_y_return
|
||||
|
|
@ -676,13 +676,13 @@ relative to the destination window's origin.
|
|||
If
|
||||
<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False , </function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
src_w and dest_w are on different screens,
|
||||
and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero.
|
||||
If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dest_w,
|
||||
that child is returned to child_return.
|
||||
Otherwise, child_return is set to
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer
|
||||
or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryPointer .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryPointer</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
|
|||
If
|
||||
<function>XQueryPointer</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False , </function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and
|
||||
<function>XQueryPointer</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
|
|
@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return.
|
|||
If
|
||||
<function>XQueryPointer</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>True , </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return
|
||||
are relative to the origin of the specified window.
|
||||
In this case,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ see section 8.5. <!-- xref -->
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return an atom for a given name, use
|
||||
<function>XInternAtom .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInternAtom</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtom</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1237,12 +1237,12 @@ The
|
|||
function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name
|
||||
string.
|
||||
If only_if_exists is
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
the atom is created if it does not exist.
|
||||
Therefore,
|
||||
<function>XInternAtom</function>
|
||||
can return
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
|
||||
the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
Uppercase and lowercase matter;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return atoms for an array of names, use
|
||||
<function>XInternAtoms .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInternAtoms</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtoms</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return a name for a given atom identifier, use
|
||||
<function>XGetAtomName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetAtomName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
|
|||
Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
To free the resulting string,
|
||||
call
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use
|
||||
<function>XGetAtomNames .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetAtomNames</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomNames</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ communication (see chapter 14). <!-- xref -->
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ Specifies a Boolean value that determines whether the property is deleted.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the atom identifier associated with the property type or
|
||||
<function>AnyPropertyType .</function>
|
||||
<function>AnyPropertyType</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1806,14 +1806,14 @@ The function returns
|
|||
if it executes successfully.
|
||||
To free the resulting data,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAtom ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a given window's property list, use
|
||||
<function>XListProperties .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListProperties</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListProperties</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ The
|
|||
function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for
|
||||
the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated by this function, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change a property of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>changing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>appending</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>prepending</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ Specifies the property name.
|
|||
Specifies the type of the property.
|
||||
The X server does not interpret the type but simply
|
||||
passes it back to an application that later calls
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ byte-swap operations as necessary.
|
|||
If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit,
|
||||
you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call
|
||||
to
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1984,10 +1984,10 @@ to
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the mode of the operation.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>PropModeReplace ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PropModePrepend ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PropModeReplace</function>,
|
||||
<function>PropModePrepend</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>PropModeAppend .</function>
|
||||
<function>PropModeAppend</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ performs the following:
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<function>PropModeReplace ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PropModeReplace</function>,
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty</function>
|
||||
discards the previous property value and stores the new data.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ discards the previous property value and stores the new data.
|
|||
If mode is
|
||||
<function>PropModePrepend</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>PropModeAppend ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PropModeAppend</function>,
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty</function>
|
||||
inserts the specified data before the beginning of the existing data
|
||||
or onto the end of the existing data, respectively.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2082,10 +2082,10 @@ error results.)
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XChangeProperty</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To rotate a window's property list, use
|
||||
<function>XRotateWindowProperties .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2200,8 +2200,8 @@ no properties are changed.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAtom ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To delete a property on a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XDeleteProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDeleteProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the selection owner, use
|
||||
<function>XSetSelectionOwner .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ Specifies the selection atom.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the owner of the specified selection atom.
|
||||
You can pass a window or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ You can pass a window or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the time.
|
||||
You can pass either a timestamp or
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime .</function>
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ with
|
|||
<function>CurrentTime</function>
|
||||
replaced by the current server time.
|
||||
If the owner window is specified as
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
then the owner of the selection becomes
|
||||
<function>None</function>
|
||||
(that is, no owner).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2418,11 +2418,11 @@ the request.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If the new owner (whether a client or
|
||||
<function>None )</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>)
|
||||
is not
|
||||
the same as the current owner of the selection and the current
|
||||
owner is not
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the current owner is sent a
|
||||
<function>SelectionClear </function>
|
||||
event.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ or if the owner window it has specified in the request is later
|
|||
destroyed,
|
||||
the owner of the selection automatically
|
||||
reverts to
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
but the last-change time is not affected.
|
||||
The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server.
|
||||
<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the selection owner, use
|
||||
<function>XGetSelectionOwner .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ function
|
|||
returns the window ID associated with the window that currently owns the
|
||||
specified selection.
|
||||
If no selection was specified, the function returns the constant
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<function>None</function>
|
||||
is returned,
|
||||
|
|
@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To request conversion of a selection, use
|
||||
<function>XConvertSelection .</function>
|
||||
<function>XConvertSelection</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertSelection</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ Specifies the target atom.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the property name.
|
||||
You also can pass
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ Specifies the requestor.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the time.
|
||||
You can pass either a timestamp or
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime .</function>
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ selection exists, the X server generates a
|
|||
<function>SelectionNotify</function>
|
||||
event to the
|
||||
requestor with property
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ A bitmap is a single bit-plane pixmap.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a pixmap of a given size, use
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ The initial contents of the pixmap are undefined.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmap</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free all storage associated with a specified pixmap, use
|
||||
<function>XFreePixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreePixmap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreePixmap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ from an arbitrary font or from bitmaps.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a cursor from the standard cursor font, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateFontCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateFontCursor</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ to use.
|
|||
The hotspot comes from the information stored in the cursor font.
|
||||
The initial colors of a cursor are a black foreground and a white
|
||||
background (see
|
||||
<function>XRecolorCursor ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XRecolorCursor</function>).
|
||||
For further information about cursor shapes,
|
||||
see appendix B.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a cursor from font glyphs, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateGlyphCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGlyphCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Specifies the font for the source glyph.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the font for the mask glyph or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ least significant byte.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadFont</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a cursor from two bitmaps,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmapCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ Specifies the shape of the source cursor.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the cursor's source bits to be displayed or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine useful cursor sizes, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change the color of a given cursor, use
|
||||
<function>XRecolorCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRecolorCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRecolorCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free (destroy) a given cursor, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeCursor .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeCursor</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ To set an attribute of a GC,
|
|||
set the appropriate member of the
|
||||
<function>XGCValues</function>
|
||||
structure and OR in the corresponding value bitmask in your subsequent calls to
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>.
|
||||
The symbols for the value mask bits and the
|
||||
<function>XGCValues</function>
|
||||
structure are:
|
||||
|
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ all internal ends of the individual dashes,
|
|||
except
|
||||
<function>CapNotLast</function>
|
||||
is treated as
|
||||
<function>CapButt . </function>
|
||||
<function>CapButt</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -647,13 +647,13 @@ the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:
|
|||
<entry><function>CapRound</function></entry>
|
||||
<entry>thin</entry>
|
||||
<entry>The results are the same as for
|
||||
<function>CapButt /thin.</function></entry>
|
||||
<function>CapButt /thin</function>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><function>CapProjecting</function></entry>
|
||||
<entry>thin</entry>
|
||||
<entry>The results are the same as for
|
||||
<function>CapButt /thin.</function></entry>
|
||||
<function>CapButt /thin</function>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><function>CapButt</function></entry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ error results.
|
|||
For stipple operations where the fill-style is
|
||||
<function>FillStippled</function>
|
||||
but not
|
||||
<function>FillOpaqueStippled ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FillOpaqueStippled</function>,
|
||||
the stipple pattern is tiled in a
|
||||
single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask.
|
||||
Although some sizes may be faster to use than others,
|
||||
|
|
@ -719,24 +719,24 @@ any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling.
|
|||
The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and
|
||||
fill requests.
|
||||
For all text and fill requests (for example,
|
||||
<function>XDrawText , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawText16 ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangle , </function>
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawText</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawText16</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangle</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XFillArc );</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillArc</function>);
|
||||
for line requests
|
||||
with line-style
|
||||
<function>LineSolid </function>
|
||||
(for example,
|
||||
<function>XDrawLine ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments , </function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangle ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawArc );</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLine</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangle</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawArc</function>);
|
||||
and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style
|
||||
<function>LineOnOffDash </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>LineDoubleDash ,</function>
|
||||
<function>LineDoubleDash</function>,
|
||||
the following apply:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ the following apply:
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
When drawing lines with line-style
|
||||
<function>LineDoubleDash ,</function>
|
||||
<function>LineDoubleDash</function>,
|
||||
the odd dashes are controlled by the fill-style in the following manner:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -824,10 +824,10 @@ of GCs.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the
|
||||
more general patterns that can be set with
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes . </function>
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes</function>.
|
||||
Specifying a
|
||||
value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes . </function>
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes</function>.
|
||||
The value must be nonzero,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ or a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If clip-mask is set to
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the pixels are always drawn regardless of the clip origin.
|
||||
The clip-mask also can be set by calling the
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -862,15 +862,15 @@ destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
|
|||
You can set the subwindow-mode to
|
||||
<function>ClipByChildren</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>IncludeInferiors .</function>
|
||||
<function>IncludeInferiors</function>.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>ClipByChildren , </function>
|
||||
<function>ClipByChildren</function>,
|
||||
both source and destination windows are
|
||||
additionally clipped by all viewable
|
||||
<function>InputOutput</function>
|
||||
children.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>IncludeInferiors ,</function>
|
||||
<function>IncludeInferiors</function>,
|
||||
neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors.
|
||||
This will result in including subwindow contents in the source
|
||||
and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination.
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,14 +888,14 @@ paths given in
|
|||
requests and can be set to
|
||||
<function>EvenOddRule </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>WindingRule .</function>
|
||||
<function>WindingRule</function>.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>EvenOddRule ,</function>
|
||||
<function>EvenOddRule</function>,
|
||||
a point is inside if
|
||||
an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number
|
||||
of times.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>WindingRule , </function>
|
||||
<function>WindingRule</function>,
|
||||
a point is inside if an infinite ray with the
|
||||
point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and
|
||||
counterclockwise directed path segments.
|
||||
|
|
@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ coincident with a segment.
|
|||
For both
|
||||
<function>EvenOddRule</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>WindingRule ,</function>
|
||||
<function>WindingRule</function>,
|
||||
a point is infinitely small,
|
||||
and the path is an infinitely thin line.
|
||||
A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside
|
||||
|
|
@ -931,12 +931,12 @@ The arc-mode controls filling in the
|
|||
function and can be set to
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>ArcChord .</function>
|
||||
<function>ArcChord</function>.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice</function>,
|
||||
the arcs are pie-slice filled.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>ArcChord ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ArcChord</function>,
|
||||
the arcs are chord filled.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions).
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a
|
||||
depth of drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Graphics context</primary><secondary>initializing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1031,11 +1031,11 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To copy components from a source GC to a destination GC, use
|
||||
<function>XCopyGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCopyGC</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1114,14 +1114,14 @@ or a
|
|||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The valuemask specifies which component to copy, as for
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCopyGC</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change the components in a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ function changes the components specified by valuemask for
|
|||
the specified GC.
|
||||
The values argument contains the values to be set.
|
||||
The values and restrictions are the same as for
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>.
|
||||
Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
|
||||
request on the context.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1213,11 +1213,11 @@ If an error is generated, a subset of the components may have been altered.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain components of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XGetGCValues .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetGCValues</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGCValues</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1294,28 +1294,28 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XGetGCValues</function>
|
||||
function returns the components specified by valuemask for the specified GC.
|
||||
If the valuemask contains a valid set of GC mask bits
|
||||
<function>( GCFunction ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCPlaneMask ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCForeground ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCBackground ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCLineWidth ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCLineStyle ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCCapStyle ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCJoinStyle ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCFillStyle ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCFillRule ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCTile ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCStipple ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCTileStipXOrigin ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCTileStipYOrigin ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCSubwindowMode ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCGraphicsExposures ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCClipXOrigin ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCCLipYOrigin ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCDashOffset ,</function>
|
||||
(<function>GCFunction</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCPlaneMask</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCForeground</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCBackground</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCLineWidth</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCLineStyle</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCCapStyle</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCJoinStyle</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCFillStyle</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCFillRule</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCTile</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCStipple</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCTileStipXOrigin</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCTileStipYOrigin</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCSubwindowMode</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCGraphicsExposures</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCClipXOrigin</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCCLipYOrigin</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCDashOffset</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>GCArcMode )</function>
|
||||
<function>GCArcMode</function>)
|
||||
and no error occurs,
|
||||
<function>XGetGCValues</function>
|
||||
sets the requested components in values_return and returns a nonzero status.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1328,8 +1328,8 @@ bits, respectively, in the valuemask)
|
|||
cannot be requested.
|
||||
Also note that an invalid resource ID (with one or more of the three
|
||||
most significant bits set to 1) will be returned for
|
||||
<function>GCFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCTile ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GCFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>GCTile</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>GCStipple</function>
|
||||
if the component has never been explicitly set by the client.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ if the component has never been explicitly set by the client.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeGC</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ error.
|
|||
To obtain the
|
||||
<function>GContext </function>
|
||||
resource ID for a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XGContextFromGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGContextFromGC</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ to explicitly force sending the changes to the server.
|
|||
An example might be when a protocol extension uses the GC indirectly,
|
||||
in such a way that the extension interface cannot know what GC will be used.
|
||||
To force sending GC component changes, use
|
||||
<function>XFlushGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFlushGC</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlushGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ Arc mode, subwindow mode, and graphics exposure components
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the foreground, background, plane mask, and function components
|
||||
for a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetState .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetState</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetState</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1605,8 +1605,8 @@ Specifies the plane mask.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetState</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the foreground of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetForeground .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetForeground</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetForeground</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the background of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetBackground .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetBackground</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetBackground</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the display function in a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetFunction .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetFunction</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFunction</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1783,8 +1783,8 @@ Specifies the function you want to set for the specified GC.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetFunction</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the plane mask of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetPlaneMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetPlaneMask</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPlaneMask</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the line drawing components of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetLineAttributes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLineAttributes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1912,10 +1912,10 @@ Specifies the line-width you want to set for the specified GC.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the line-style you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>LineSolid ,</function>
|
||||
<function>LineOnOffDash ,</function>
|
||||
<function>LineSolid</function>,
|
||||
<function>LineOnOffDash</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>LineDoubleDash .</function>
|
||||
<function>LineDoubleDash</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1927,11 +1927,11 @@ or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the line-style and cap-style you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>CapNotLast ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CapButt ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CapRound ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CapNotLast</function>,
|
||||
<function>CapButt</function>,
|
||||
<function>CapRound</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>CapProjecting .</function>
|
||||
<function>CapProjecting</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,10 +1943,10 @@ or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the line join-style you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>JoinMiter ,</function>
|
||||
<function>JoinRound ,</function>
|
||||
<function>JoinMiter</function>,
|
||||
<function>JoinRound</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>JoinBevel .</function>
|
||||
<function>JoinBevel</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1957,8 +1957,8 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the dash-offset and dash-list for dashed line styles of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetDashes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2081,8 +2081,8 @@ For all other lines, the major axis is the y axis.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetDashes</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the fill-style of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetFillStyle .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetFillStyle</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillStyle</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2137,11 +2137,11 @@ Specifies the GC.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the fill-style you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>FillSolid ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FillTiled ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FillStippled ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FillSolid</function>,
|
||||
<function>FillTiled</function>,
|
||||
<function>FillStippled</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FillOpaqueStippled .</function>
|
||||
<function>FillOpaqueStippled</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2152,8 +2152,8 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetFillStyle</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the fill-rule of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetFillRule .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetFillRule</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillRule</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>EvenOddRule</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>WindingRule .</function>
|
||||
<function>WindingRule</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2216,8 +2216,8 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetFillRule</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ as well as to set the tile or stipple shape and the tile or stipple origin.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the best size of a tile, stipple, or cursor, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestSize .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestSize</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestSize</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2275,10 +2275,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the class that you are interested in.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>TileShape , </function>
|
||||
<function>CursorShape , </function>
|
||||
<function>TileShape</function>,
|
||||
<function>CursorShape</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>StippleShape .</function>
|
||||
<function>StippleShape</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2344,29 +2344,29 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XQueryBestSize</function>
|
||||
function returns the best or closest size to the specified size.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>CursorShape ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CursorShape</function>,
|
||||
this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by
|
||||
which_screen.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>TileShape ,</function>
|
||||
<function>TileShape</function>,
|
||||
this is the size that can be tiled fastest.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>StippleShape ,</function>
|
||||
<function>StippleShape</function>,
|
||||
this is the size that can be stippled fastest.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>CursorShape ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CursorShape</function>,
|
||||
the drawable indicates the desired screen.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>TileShape </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>StippleShape ,</function>
|
||||
<function>StippleShape</function>,
|
||||
the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
|
||||
An
|
||||
<function>InputOnly </function>
|
||||
window cannot be used as the drawable for
|
||||
<function>TileShape</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>StippleShape ,</function>
|
||||
<function>StippleShape</function>,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2375,8 +2375,8 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestSize</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the best fill tile shape, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestTile .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestTile</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestTile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the best stipple shape, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestStipple .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestStipple</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the fill tile of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetTile .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetTile</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2654,9 +2654,9 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetTile</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the stipple of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetStipple .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetStipple</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStipple</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2722,9 +2722,9 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetStipple</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2733,7 +2733,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the tile or stipple origin of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetTSOrigin .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetTSOrigin</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTSOrigin</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2814,7 +2814,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the current font of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetFont</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFont</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2864,8 +2864,8 @@ Specifies the font.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetFont</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadFont</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadGC </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ and the clip-mask or set the clip-mask to a list of rectangles.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the clip-origin of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetClipOrigin .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClipOrigin</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipOrigin</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2960,7 +2960,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified pixmap, use
|
||||
<function>XSetClipMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClipMask</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipMask</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the pixmap or
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3010,16 +3010,16 @@ Specifies the pixmap or
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
If the clip-mask is set to
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the pixels are always drawn (regardless of the clip-origin).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetClipMask</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified list of rectangles, use
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipRectangles</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3113,11 +3113,11 @@ Specifies the number of rectangles.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the ordering relations on the rectangles.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>Unsorted ,</function>
|
||||
<function>YSorted ,</function>
|
||||
<function>YXSorted ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Unsorted</function>,
|
||||
<function>YSorted</function>,
|
||||
<function>YXSorted</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>YXBanded .</function>
|
||||
<function>YXBanded</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3142,10 +3142,10 @@ which effectively disables output.
|
|||
This is the opposite of passing
|
||||
<function>None</function>
|
||||
as the clip-mask in
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>XChangeGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XSetClipMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClipMask</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3179,9 +3179,9 @@ scanline have an identical Y origins and Y extents.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3202,7 +3202,7 @@ see section 16.5.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set the arc mode of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetArcMode .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetArcMode</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetArcMode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3245,7 +3245,7 @@ Specifies the arc mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>ArcChord</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice .</function>
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3256,8 +3256,8 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetArcMode</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the subwindow mode of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetSubwindowMode .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSubwindowMode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3309,7 +3309,7 @@ Specifies the subwindow mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>ClipByChildren</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>IncludeInferiors .</function>
|
||||
<function>IncludeInferiors</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3320,8 +3320,8 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3330,7 +3330,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the graphics-exposures flag of a given GC, use
|
||||
<function>XSetGraphicsExposures .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetGraphicsExposures</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3388,8 +3388,8 @@ with this GC.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ Because pixmaps do not have defined backgrounds,
|
|||
they cannot be filled by using the functions described in this section.
|
||||
Instead, to accomplish an analogous operation on a pixmap,
|
||||
you should use
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangle ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangle</function>,
|
||||
which sets the pixmap to a known value.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To clear a rectangular area of a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XClearArea .</function>
|
||||
<function>XClearArea</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Areas</primary><secondary>clearing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearArea</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The
|
|||
function paints a rectangular area in the specified window according to the
|
||||
specified dimensions with the window's background pixel or pixmap.
|
||||
The subwindow-mode effectively is
|
||||
<function>ClipByChildren . </function>
|
||||
<function>ClipByChildren</function>.
|
||||
If width is zero, it
|
||||
is replaced with the current width of the window minus x.
|
||||
If height is
|
||||
|
|
@ -148,17 +148,17 @@ If the window has a defined background tile,
|
|||
the rectangle clipped by any children is filled with this tile.
|
||||
If the window has
|
||||
background
|
||||
<function>None , </function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the contents of the window are not changed.
|
||||
In either
|
||||
case, if exposures is
|
||||
<function>True , </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
one or more
|
||||
<function>Expose </function>
|
||||
events are generated for regions of the rectangle that are either visible or are
|
||||
being retained in a backing store.
|
||||
If you specify a window whose class is
|
||||
<function>InputOnly ,</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>,
|
||||
a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XClearArea</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To clear the entire area in a given window, use
|
||||
<function>XClearWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XClearWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>clearing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>windows</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,17 +222,17 @@ function clears the entire area in the specified window and is
|
|||
equivalent to
|
||||
<function>XClearArea</function>
|
||||
(display, w, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||||
<function>False ).</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>).
|
||||
If the window has a defined background tile, the rectangle is tiled with a
|
||||
plane-mask of all ones and
|
||||
<function>GXcopy</function>
|
||||
function.
|
||||
If the window has
|
||||
background
|
||||
<function>None , </function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the contents of the window are not changed.
|
||||
If you specify a window whose class is
|
||||
<function>InputOnly ,</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>,
|
||||
a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Xlib provides functions that you can use to copy an area or a bit plane.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To copy an area between drawables of the same
|
||||
root and depth, use
|
||||
<function>XCopyArea .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCopyArea</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Areas</primary><secondary>copying</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyArea</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Instead, the
|
|||
following occurs on all corresponding destination regions that are either
|
||||
visible or are retained in backing store.
|
||||
If the destination is a window with a background other than
|
||||
<function>None , </function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
corresponding regions
|
||||
of the destination are tiled with that background
|
||||
(with plane-mask of all ones and
|
||||
|
|
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ of the destination are tiled with that background
|
|||
function).
|
||||
Regardless of tiling or whether the destination is a window or a pixmap,
|
||||
if graphics-exposures is
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
then
|
||||
<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
|
||||
events for all corresponding destination regions are generated.
|
||||
|
|
@ -446,8 +446,8 @@ clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCopyArea</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To copy a single bit plane of a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XCopyPlane .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCopyPlane</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Plane</primary><secondary>copying</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>planes</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyPlane</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,9 +640,9 @@ and clip-mask.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCopyPlane</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ for these values.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To draw a single point in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoint .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoint</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoint</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates where you want the point drawn.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw multiple points in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ Specifies the coordinate mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>CoordModeOrigin</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>CoordModePrevious .</function>
|
||||
<function>CoordModePrevious</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,16 +942,16 @@ foreground, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoint</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
<function>XDrawPoints</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To draw a single line between two points in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawLine .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLine</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLine</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ Specify the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) to be connected.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw multiple lines in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ Specifies the coordinate mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>CoordModeOrigin</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>CoordModePrevious .</function>
|
||||
<function>CoordModePrevious</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw multiple, unconnected lines in a given drawable,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1296,13 +1296,13 @@ tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XDrawLine ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawLine</function>,
|
||||
<function>XDrawLines</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawSegments</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To draw the outline of a single rectangle in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangle .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangle</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangle</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ Specify the width and height(Wh.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw the outline of multiple rectangles
|
||||
in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangles</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1535,8 +1535,8 @@ tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawRectangles</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw a single arc in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawArc .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawArc</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ arc, in units of degrees * 64.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw multiple arcs in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawArcs .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawArcs</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArcs</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1866,8 +1866,8 @@ tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawArcs</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ A single arc or multiple arcs
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To fill a single rectangular area in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangle .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangle</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangle</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ Specify the width and height(Wh.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To fill multiple rectangular areas in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangles</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2130,8 +2130,8 @@ and tile-stipple-y-origin.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XFillRectangles</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To fill a polygon area in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Polygons</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>polygon</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillPolygon</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2223,10 +2223,10 @@ Specifies the number of points in the array.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies a shape that helps the server to improve performance.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>Complex , </function>
|
||||
<function>Convex , </function>
|
||||
<function>Complex</function>,
|
||||
<function>Convex</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>Nonconvex .</function>
|
||||
<function>Nonconvex</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@ Specifies the coordinate mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>CoordModeOrigin</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>CoordModePrevious .</function>
|
||||
<function>CoordModePrevious</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ Depending on the specified shape, the following occurs:
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If shape is
|
||||
<function>Complex , </function>
|
||||
<function>Complex</function>,
|
||||
the path may self-intersect.
|
||||
Note that contiguous coincident points in the path are not treated
|
||||
as self-intersection.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@ as self-intersection.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If shape is
|
||||
<function>Convex , </function>
|
||||
<function>Convex</function>,
|
||||
for every pair of points inside the polygon,
|
||||
the line segment connecting them does not intersect the path.
|
||||
If known by the client,
|
||||
|
|
@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ the graphics results are undefined.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If shape is
|
||||
<function>Nonconvex , </function>
|
||||
<function>Nonconvex</function>,
|
||||
the path does not self-intersect, but the shape is not
|
||||
wholly convex.
|
||||
If known by the client,
|
||||
|
|
@ -2328,9 +2328,9 @@ and tile-stipple-y-origin.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XFillPolygon</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>Arcs</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>arcs</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
To fill a single arc in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XFillArc .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillArc</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ arc, in units of degrees * 64.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To fill multiple arcs in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArcs</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2545,10 +2545,10 @@ fills the region closed by the infinitely thin path
|
|||
described by the specified arc and, depending on the
|
||||
arc-mode specified in the GC, one or two line segments.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>ArcChord , </function>
|
||||
<function>ArcChord</function>,
|
||||
the single line segment joining the endpoints of the arc is used.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ArcPieSlice</function>,
|
||||
the two line segments joining the endpoints of the arc with the center
|
||||
point are used.
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2576,8 +2576,8 @@ and tile-stipple-y-origin.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XFillArcs</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2657,8 +2657,8 @@ a pointer to an array of
|
|||
structures for the
|
||||
characters contained in the font.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>XFontStruct ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFontProp ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFontStruct</function>,
|
||||
<function>XFontProp</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XCharStruct</function>
|
||||
structures contain:
|
||||
|
|
@ -2767,14 +2767,14 @@ have the following semantics:
|
|||
The direction member can be either
|
||||
<function>FontLeftToRight </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft . </function>
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft</function>.
|
||||
It is just a hint as to whether most
|
||||
<function>XCharStruct </function>
|
||||
elements
|
||||
have a positive
|
||||
<function>( FontLeftToRight ) </function>
|
||||
(<function>FontLeftToRight</function>)
|
||||
or a negative
|
||||
<function>( FontRightToLeft )</function>
|
||||
(<function>FontRightToLeft</function>)
|
||||
character width
|
||||
metric.
|
||||
The core protocol defines no support for vertical text.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If all_chars_exist is
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
all characters in the per_char array have nonzero bounding boxes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3014,7 +3014,7 @@ resource ID or a font ID interchangeably.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To load a given font, use
|
||||
<function>XLoadFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLoadFont</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadFont</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ Fonts are not associated with a particular screen
|
|||
and can be stored as a component
|
||||
of any GC.
|
||||
When the font is no longer needed, call
|
||||
<function>XUnloadFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnloadFont</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return information about an available font, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryFont</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryFont</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3141,12 +3141,12 @@ structure will be the
|
|||
<function>GContext </function>
|
||||
ID, and you need to be careful when using this ID in other functions
|
||||
(see
|
||||
<function>XGContextFromGC ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XGContextFromGC</function>).
|
||||
If the font does not exist,
|
||||
<function>XQueryFont</function>
|
||||
returns NULL.
|
||||
To free this data, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3156,7 +3156,7 @@ To perform a
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XQueryFont</function>
|
||||
in a single operation, use
|
||||
<function>XLoadQueryFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadQueryFont</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3222,9 +3222,9 @@ To unload the font and free the storage used by the font structure
|
|||
that was allocated by
|
||||
<function>XQueryFont</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XLoadQueryFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFreeFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFont</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFont</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return a given font property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetFontProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetFontProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3351,9 +3351,9 @@ it is likely that the predefined font properties will be present.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To unload a font that was loaded by
|
||||
<function>XLoadFont , </function>
|
||||
<function>XLoadFont</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XUnloadFont .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnloadFont</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnloadFont</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@ when querying a font type for a list of available sizes and so on.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return a list of the available font names, use
|
||||
<function>XListFonts .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListFonts</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFonts</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XListFonts</function>
|
||||
function returns an array of available font names
|
||||
(as controlled by the font search path; see
|
||||
<function>XSetFontPath )</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetFontPath</function>)
|
||||
that match the string you passed to the pattern argument.
|
||||
The pattern string can contain any characters,
|
||||
but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters,
|
||||
|
|
@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ when finished with the result to free the memory.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free a font name array, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontNames .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontNames</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontNames</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3536,13 +3536,13 @@ The
|
|||
function frees the array and strings returned by
|
||||
<function>XListFonts </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XListFontsWithInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the names and information about available fonts, use
|
||||
<function>XListFontsWithInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFontsWithInfo</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3639,17 +3639,17 @@ returns NULL.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To free only the allocated name array,
|
||||
the client should call
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontNames .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontNames</function>.
|
||||
To free both the name array and the font information array
|
||||
or to free just the font information array,
|
||||
the client should call
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free font structures and font names, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontInfo</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3706,7 +3706,7 @@ function frees a font structure or an array of font structures
|
|||
and optionally an array of font names.
|
||||
If NULL is passed for names, no font names are freed.
|
||||
If a font structure for an open font (returned by
|
||||
<function>XLoadQueryFont )</function>
|
||||
<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>)
|
||||
is passed, the structure is freed,
|
||||
but the font is not closed; use
|
||||
<function>XUnloadFont</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3733,7 +3733,7 @@ These functions return the sum of the character metrics in pixels.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine the width of an 8-bit character string, use
|
||||
<function>XTextWidth .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTextWidth</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ Specifies the character count in the specified string.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine the width of a 2-byte character string, use
|
||||
<function>XTextWidth16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTextWidth16</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth16</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3841,7 +3841,7 @@ Specifies the character count in the specified string.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To compute the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a given font, use
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3896,9 +3896,9 @@ Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the value of the direction hint
|
||||
<function>( FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
(<function>FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft ).</function>
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3941,7 +3941,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To compute the bounding box of a 2-byte character string in a given font, use
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents16</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3996,9 +3996,9 @@ Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the value of the direction hint
|
||||
<function>( FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
(<function>FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft ).</function>
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@ perform the size computation locally and, thereby,
|
|||
avoid the round-trip overhead of
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.
|
||||
Both functions return an
|
||||
<function>XCharStruct</function>
|
||||
structure, whose members are set to the values as follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4088,7 +4088,7 @@ undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To query the server for the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a
|
||||
given font, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4154,9 +4154,9 @@ Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the value of the direction hint
|
||||
<function>( FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
(<function>FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft ).</function>
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4200,7 +4200,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To query the server for the bounding box of a 2-byte character string
|
||||
in a given font, use
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4266,9 +4266,9 @@ Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the value of the direction hint
|
||||
<function>( FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
(<function>FontLeftToRight</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft ).</function>
|
||||
<function>FontRightToLeft</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4320,7 +4320,7 @@ These functions query the X server and, therefore, suffer the round-trip
|
|||
overhead that is avoided by
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTextExtents16</function>.
|
||||
Both functions return a
|
||||
<function>XCharStruct </function>
|
||||
structure, whose members are set to the values as follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4436,7 +4436,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
If the font member is not
|
||||
<function>None ,</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the font is changed before printing and also is stored in the GC.
|
||||
If an error was generated during text drawing,
|
||||
the previous items may have been drawn.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@ coordinates that you pass in the text drawing functions.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For example, consider the background rectangle drawn by
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString</function>.
|
||||
If you want the upper-left corner of the background rectangle
|
||||
to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y + ascent)
|
||||
as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4473,7 +4473,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawText .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawText</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4569,7 +4569,7 @@ Specifies the number of text items in the array.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawText16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawText16</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText16</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4711,9 +4711,9 @@ and tile-stipple-y-origin.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawText16</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4729,7 +4729,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>Strings</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>strings</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawString</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4825,7 +4825,7 @@ Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawString16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawString16</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString16</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4924,7 +4924,7 @@ additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable.
|
|||
The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1.
|
||||
For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing
|
||||
and used with
|
||||
<function>XDrawString16 ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawString16</function>,
|
||||
each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4942,8 +4942,8 @@ and tile-stipple-y-origin.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawString16</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4969,7 +4969,7 @@ This prevents annoying flicker on many displays.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw 8-bit image text characters in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5065,7 +5065,7 @@ Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To draw 2-byte image text characters in a given drawable, use
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString16 .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString16</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString16</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5208,15 +5208,15 @@ are as would be returned by
|
|||
using gc and string.
|
||||
The function and fill-style defined in the GC are ignored for these functions.
|
||||
The effective function is
|
||||
<function>GXcopy ,</function>
|
||||
<function>GXcopy</function>,
|
||||
and the effective fill-style is
|
||||
<function>FillSolid .</function>
|
||||
<function>FillSolid</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing
|
||||
and used with
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString</function>,
|
||||
each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5231,8 +5231,8 @@ clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawImageString16</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadMatch </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -5310,7 +5310,7 @@ typedef struct _XImage {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To initialize the image manipulation routines of an image structure, use
|
||||
<function>XInitImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInitImage</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5368,7 +5368,7 @@ or inconsistency in the structure, in which case the image is not changed.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To combine an image with a rectangle of a drawable on the display,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XPutImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutImage</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5518,7 +5518,7 @@ and the background pixel defines the source for the zero bits.
|
|||
For
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap , </function>
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap</function>,
|
||||
the depth of the image must match the depth of the drawable,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5544,9 +5544,9 @@ foreground and background.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XPutImage</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -5556,7 +5556,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the contents of a rectangle in a given drawable on the display,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XGetImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>.
|
||||
This function specifically supports rudimentary screen dumps.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -5659,7 +5659,7 @@ Specifies the format for the image.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5676,13 +5676,13 @@ structure.
|
|||
This structure provides you with the contents of the specified rectangle of
|
||||
the drawable in the format you specify.
|
||||
If the format argument is
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap</function>,
|
||||
the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument.
|
||||
If the plane_mask argument only requests a subset of the planes of the
|
||||
display, the depth of the returned image will be the number of planes
|
||||
requested.
|
||||
If the format argument is
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>
|
||||
returns as zero the bits in all planes not
|
||||
specified in the plane_mask argument.
|
||||
|
|
@ -5733,8 +5733,8 @@ returns NULL.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -5744,7 +5744,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To copy the contents of a rectangle on the display
|
||||
to a location within a preexisting image structure, use
|
||||
<function>XGetSubImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetSubImage</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSubImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5848,7 +5848,7 @@ Specifies the format for the image.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5894,12 +5894,12 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<function>XGetSubImage </function>
|
||||
function updates dest_image with the specified subimage in the same manner as
|
||||
<function>XGetImage . </function>
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>.
|
||||
If the format argument is
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap</function>,
|
||||
the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument.
|
||||
If the format argument is
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>XGetSubImage</function>
|
||||
returns as zero the bits in all planes not
|
||||
specified in the plane_mask argument.
|
||||
|
|
@ -5946,9 +5946,9 @@ returns NULL.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XGetSubImage</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ programs. Xlib provides management functions to:
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To change a window's parent to another window on the same screen, use
|
||||
<function>XReparentWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XReparentWindow</function>.
|
||||
There is no way to move a window between screens.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReparentWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ The override_redirect member returned in this event is
|
|||
set to the window's corresponding attribute.
|
||||
Window manager clients usually should ignore this window if this member
|
||||
is set to
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
Finally, if the specified window was originally mapped,
|
||||
the X server automatically performs a
|
||||
<function>MapWindow</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ specified window.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The new parent is
|
||||
<function>InputOnly ,</function>
|
||||
<function>InputOnly</function>,
|
||||
and the window is not.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ when they are destroyed.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add or remove a window from the client's save-set, use
|
||||
<function>XChangeSaveSet .</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Specifies the mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>SetModeInsert </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>SetModeDelete .</function>
|
||||
<function>SetModeDelete</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadMatch ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadMatch</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add a window to the client's save-set, use
|
||||
<function>XAddToSaveSet .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To remove a window from the client's save-set, use
|
||||
<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveFromSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ where M is the minimum number of installed colormaps specified for the screen
|
|||
in the connection setup.
|
||||
The required list is maintained as follows.
|
||||
When a colormap is specified to
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap</function>,
|
||||
it is added to the head of the list;
|
||||
the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to
|
||||
at most M.
|
||||
|
|
@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ required list.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To install a colormap, use
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInstallColormap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -486,11 +486,11 @@ function installs the specified colormap for its associated screen.
|
|||
All windows associated with this colormap immediately display with
|
||||
true colors.
|
||||
You associated the windows with this colormap when you created them by calling
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateSimpleWindow ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow</function>,
|
||||
<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>,
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ the X server generates a
|
|||
event on each window that has that colormap.
|
||||
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as
|
||||
a result of a call to
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XInstallColormap</function>,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
<function>ColormapNotify</function>
|
||||
event on each window that has that colormap.
|
||||
|
|
@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To uninstall a colormap, use
|
||||
<function>XUninstallColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUninstallColormap</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUninstallColormap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ the X server generates a
|
|||
event on each window that has that colormap.
|
||||
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a
|
||||
result of a call to
|
||||
<function>XUninstallColormap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XUninstallColormap</function>,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
<function>ColormapNotify</function>
|
||||
event on each window that has that colormap.
|
||||
|
|
@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a list of the currently installed colormaps for a given screen, use
|
||||
<function>XListInstalledColormaps .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListInstalledColormaps</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant
|
|||
and is no explicit indication of the required list.
|
||||
When the allocated list is no longer needed,
|
||||
free it by using
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ search path for a server.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the font search path, use
|
||||
<function>XSetFontPath .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetFontPath</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFontPath</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the current font search path, use
|
||||
<function>XGetFontPath .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetFontPath</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontPath</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -791,15 +791,15 @@ The contents of these strings are implementation-dependent
|
|||
and are not intended to be interpreted by client applications.
|
||||
When it is no longer needed,
|
||||
the data in the font path should be freed by using
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontPath .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontPath</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free data returned by
|
||||
<function>XGetFontPath ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetFontPath</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontPath .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeFontPath</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontPath</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XFreeFontPath</function>
|
||||
function
|
||||
frees the data allocated by
|
||||
<function>XGetFontPath .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetFontPath</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Grabbing_the_Server_">
|
||||
|
|
@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ Although grabbing the server is highly discouraged, it is sometimes necessary.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To grab the server, use
|
||||
<function>XGrabServer .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGrabServer</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Server</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>server</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabServer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To ungrab the server, use
|
||||
<function>XUngrabServer .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUngrabServer</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabServer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ You should avoid grabbing the X server as much as possible.
|
|||
Xlib provides a function to cause the connection to
|
||||
a client to be closed and its resources to be destroyed.
|
||||
To destroy a client, use
|
||||
<function>XKillClient .</function>
|
||||
<function>XKillClient</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKillClient</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies any resource associated with the client that you want to destroy or
|
||||
<function>AllTemporary .</function>
|
||||
<function>AllTemporary</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in
|
|||
are destroyed (see section 2.5).
|
||||
This permits implementation of window manager facilities that aid debugging.
|
||||
A client can set its close-down mode to
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary .</function>
|
||||
<function>RetainTemporary</function>.
|
||||
If the client then crashes,
|
||||
its windows would not be destroyed.
|
||||
The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree
|
||||
|
|
@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ or to obtain the current screen saver values.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the screen saver mode, use
|
||||
<function>XSetScreenSaver .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,10 +1072,10 @@ Specifies the interval, in seconds, between screen saver alterations.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies how to enable screen blanking.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>DontPreferBlanking ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PreferBlanking ,</function>
|
||||
<function>DontPreferBlanking</function>,
|
||||
<function>PreferBlanking</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>DefaultBlanking .</function>
|
||||
<function>DefaultBlanking</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1087,10 +1087,10 @@ or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the screen save control values.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>DontAllowExposures ,</function>
|
||||
<function>AllowExposures ,</function>
|
||||
<function>DontAllowExposures</function>,
|
||||
<function>AllowExposures</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>DefaultExposures .</function>
|
||||
<function>DefaultExposures</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ and all screen states are restored at the next
|
|||
keyboard or pointer input or at the next call to
|
||||
<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>
|
||||
with mode
|
||||
<function>ScreenSaverReset . </function>
|
||||
<function>ScreenSaverReset</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To force the screen saver on or off, use
|
||||
<function>XForceScreenSaver .</function>
|
||||
<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XForceScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ Specifies the mode that is to be applied.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>ScreenSaverActive</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>ScreenSaverReset .</function>
|
||||
<function>ScreenSaverReset</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To activate the screen saver, use
|
||||
<function>XActivateScreenSaver .</function>
|
||||
<function>XActivateScreenSaver</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XActivateScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To reset the screen saver, use
|
||||
<function>XResetScreenSaver .</function>
|
||||
<function>XResetScreenSaver</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the current screen saver values, use
|
||||
<function>XGetScreenSaver .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetScreenSaver</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1328,10 +1328,10 @@ Returns the interval between screen saver invocations.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the current screen blanking preference
|
||||
<function>( DontPreferBlanking ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PreferBlanking ,</function>
|
||||
(<function>DontPreferBlanking</function>,
|
||||
<function>PreferBlanking</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>DefaultBlanking ).</function>
|
||||
<function>DefaultBlanking</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1342,10 +1342,10 @@ or
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the current screen save control value
|
||||
<function>( DontAllowExposures ,</function>
|
||||
<function>AllowExposures ,</function>
|
||||
(<function>DontAllowExposures</function>,
|
||||
<function>AllowExposures</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>DefaultExposures ).</function>
|
||||
<function>DefaultExposures</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1464,12 +1464,12 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The family member specifies which protocol address family to use
|
||||
(for example, <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym> or DECnet) and can be
|
||||
<function>FamilyInternet ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FamilyInternet6 ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FamilyServerInterpreted ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FamilyDECnet ,</function>
|
||||
<function>FamilyInternet</function>,
|
||||
<function>FamilyInternet6</function>,
|
||||
<function>FamilyServerInterpreted</function>,
|
||||
<function>FamilyDECnet</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>FamilyChaos .</function>
|
||||
<function>FamilyChaos</function>.
|
||||
The length member specifies the length of the address in bytes.
|
||||
The address member specifies a pointer to the address.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ specify the length in byte of the type and value strings.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add a single host, use
|
||||
<function>XAddHost .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAddHost</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHost</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add multiple hosts at one time, use
|
||||
<function>XAddHosts .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAddHosts</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHosts</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a host list, use
|
||||
<function>XListHosts .</function>
|
||||
<function>XListHosts</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListHosts</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1709,13 +1709,13 @@ It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that
|
|||
were allocated by the function.
|
||||
When no longer needed,
|
||||
this memory should be freed by calling
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To remove a single host, use
|
||||
<function>XRemoveHost .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRemoveHost</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHost</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To remove multiple hosts at one time, use
|
||||
<function>XRemoveHosts .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRemoveHosts</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHosts</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ at connection setup.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To change access control, use
|
||||
<function>XSetAccessControl .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetAccessControl</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ Specifies the mode.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>EnableAccess</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>DisableAccess .</function>
|
||||
<function>DisableAccess</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To enable access control, use
|
||||
<function>XEnableAccessControl .</function>
|
||||
<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEnableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To disable access control, use
|
||||
<function>XDisableAccessControl .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ One way is to set the event_mask member of the
|
|||
structure when you call
|
||||
<function>XCreateWindow</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.
|
||||
Another way is to use
|
||||
<function>XSelectInput . </function>
|
||||
<function>XSelectInput</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSelectInput</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ to all interested clients.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Only one client at a time can select
|
||||
<function>CirculateRequest ,</function>
|
||||
<function>ConfigureRequest ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CirculateRequest</function>,
|
||||
<function>ConfigureRequest</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>MapRequest</function>
|
||||
events, which are associated with
|
||||
the event mask
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask . </function>
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ a
|
|||
<function>ResizeRequest</function>
|
||||
event, which is associated with
|
||||
the event mask
|
||||
<function>ResizeRedirectMask . </function>
|
||||
<function>ResizeRedirectMask</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Only one client at a time can select a
|
|||
<function>ButtonPress </function>
|
||||
event, which is associated with
|
||||
the event mask
|
||||
<function>ButtonPressMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>ButtonPressMask</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ These functions differ in the additional tasks they might perform.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To flush the output buffer, use
|
||||
<function>XFlush .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFlush</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,10 +209,10 @@ function
|
|||
flushes the output buffer.
|
||||
Most client applications need not use this function because the output
|
||||
buffer is automatically flushed as needed by calls to
|
||||
<function>XPending ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XNextEvent ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XPending</function>,
|
||||
<function>XNextEvent</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Events generated by the server may be enqueued into the library's event queue.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To flush the output buffer and then wait until all requests have been processed,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XSync .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSync</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -277,18 +277,18 @@ event queue.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Finally, if you passed
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
<function>XSync</function>
|
||||
does not discard the events in the queue.
|
||||
If you passed
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
<function>XSync </function>
|
||||
discards all events in the queue,
|
||||
including those events that were on the queue before
|
||||
<function>XSync</function>
|
||||
was called.
|
||||
Client applications seldom need to call
|
||||
<function>XSync .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSync</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Event_Queue_Management">
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ in its network connection that is not yet read into the event queue.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To check the number of events in the event queue, use
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued .</function>
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEventsQueued</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -336,10 +336,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the mode.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>QueuedAlready ,</function>
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterFlush ,</function>
|
||||
<function>QueuedAlready</function>,
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterFlush</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterReading .</function>
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterReading</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -349,12 +349,12 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<function>QueuedAlready ,</function>
|
||||
<function>QueuedAlready</function>,
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued </function>
|
||||
returns the number of events
|
||||
already in the event queue (and never performs a system call).
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterFlush , </function>
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterFlush</function>,
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued</function>
|
||||
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
|
||||
If there are no events in the queue,
|
||||
|
|
@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ flushes the output buffer,
|
|||
attempts to read more events out of the application's connection,
|
||||
and returns the number read.
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterReading , </function>
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterReading</function>,
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued</function>
|
||||
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
|
||||
If there are no events in the queue,
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ queue.
|
|||
with mode
|
||||
<function>QueuedAfterFlush</function>
|
||||
is identical in behavior to
|
||||
<function>XPending .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPending</function>.
|
||||
<function>XEventsQueued</function>
|
||||
with mode
|
||||
<function>QueuedAlready</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ function.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the number of events that are pending, use
|
||||
<function>XPending .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPending</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ predicate procedures that you provide
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To get the next event and remove it from the queue, use
|
||||
<function>XNextEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XNextEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To peek at the event queue, use
|
||||
<function>XPeekEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPeekEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the predicate is called with
|
|||
the display locked and the result of a call by the predicate to any
|
||||
Xlib function that locks the display is not defined unless the caller
|
||||
has first called
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -628,8 +628,8 @@ structure.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the argument passed in from the
|
||||
<function>XIfEvent ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCheckIfEvent ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XIfEvent</function>,
|
||||
<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XPeekIfEvent </function>
|
||||
function.
|
||||
|
|
@ -644,16 +644,16 @@ function.
|
|||
The predicate procedure is called once for each
|
||||
event in the queue until it finds a match.
|
||||
After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
If it did not find a match, it must return
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To check the event queue for a matching event
|
||||
and, if found, remove the event from the queue, use
|
||||
<function>XIfEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XIfEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To check the event queue for a matching event without blocking, use
|
||||
<function>XCheckIfEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -797,12 +797,12 @@ When the predicate procedure finds a match,
|
|||
copies the matched event into the client-supplied
|
||||
<function>XEvent</function>
|
||||
structure and returns
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
(This event is removed from the queue.)
|
||||
If the predicate procedure finds no match,
|
||||
<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
||||
All earlier events stored in the queue are not discarded.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ All earlier events stored in the queue are not discarded.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To check the event queue for a matching event
|
||||
without removing the event from the queue, use
|
||||
<function>XPeekIfEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ or event types, allowing you to process events out of order.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask, use
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask (if any),
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XCheckWindowEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
This function is similar to
|
||||
<function>XWindowEvent </function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1055,19 +1055,19 @@ If it finds a match,
|
|||
removes that event, copies it into the specified
|
||||
<function>XEvent</function>
|
||||
structure, and returns
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.
|
||||
If the event you requested is not available,
|
||||
<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To remove the next event that matches an event mask, use
|
||||
<function>XMaskEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMaskEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return and remove the next event that matches an event mask (if any), use
|
||||
<function>XCheckMaskEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>.
|
||||
This function is similar to
|
||||
<function>XMaskEvent </function>
|
||||
except that it never blocks and it returns a
|
||||
|
|
@ -1195,19 +1195,19 @@ If it finds a match,
|
|||
removes that event, copies it into the specified
|
||||
<function>XEvent</function>
|
||||
structure, and returns
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.
|
||||
If the event you requested is not available,
|
||||
<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type, use
|
||||
<function>XCheckTypedEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1265,12 +1265,12 @@ If it finds a match,
|
|||
removes that event, copies it into the specified
|
||||
<function>XEvent</function>
|
||||
structure, and returns
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
The other events in the queue are not discarded.
|
||||
If the event is not available,
|
||||
<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type
|
||||
and a window, use
|
||||
<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,12 +1348,12 @@ If it finds a match,
|
|||
removes the event from the queue, copies it into the specified
|
||||
<function>XEvent</function>
|
||||
structure, and returns
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
The other events in the queue are not discarded.
|
||||
If the event is not available,
|
||||
<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To push an event back into the event queue, use
|
||||
<function>XPutBackEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutBackEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutBackEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ by copying the event into the queue.
|
|||
This can be useful if you read an event and then decide that you
|
||||
would rather deal with it later.
|
||||
There is no limit to the number of times in succession that you can call
|
||||
<function>XPutBackEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutBackEvent</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Sending_Events_to_Other_Applications">
|
||||
|
|
@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ There is no limit to the number of times in succession that you can call
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To send an event to a specified window, use
|
||||
<function>XSendEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSendEvent</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
This function is often used in selection processing.
|
||||
For example, the owner of a selection should use
|
||||
|
|
@ -1461,9 +1461,9 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the window the event is to be sent to, or
|
||||
<function>PointerWindow ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PointerWindow</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>InputFocus .</function>
|
||||
<function>InputFocus</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ This function uses the w argument to identify the destination window as follows:
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If w is
|
||||
<function>PointerWindow ,</function>
|
||||
<function>PointerWindow</function>,
|
||||
the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ no event is sent.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If propagate is
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event
|
||||
types in the event_mask argument.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to
|
|||
in the forwarded event and to set the serial number in the event correctly;
|
||||
therefore these fields
|
||||
and the display field are ignored by
|
||||
<function>XSendEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSendEvent</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ However, this historical information is highly excessive for most applications.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ function makes this history available.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the motion history for a specified window and time, use
|
||||
<function>XGetMotionEvents .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetMotionEvents</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ Specifies the window.
|
|||
Specify the time interval in which the events are returned from the motion
|
||||
history buffer.
|
||||
You can pass a timestamp or
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime .</function>
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ no events are returned;
|
|||
<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>
|
||||
returns NULL.
|
||||
If the stop time is in the future, it is equivalent to specifying
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime .</function>
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime</function>.
|
||||
The return type for this function is a structure defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and
|
|||
are reported relative to the origin
|
||||
of the specified window.
|
||||
To free the data returned from this call, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ returns the previous after function.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To enable or disable synchronization, use
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSynchronize</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1909,11 +1909,11 @@ The
|
|||
function returns
|
||||
the previous after function.
|
||||
If onoff is
|
||||
<function>True , </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize</function>
|
||||
turns on synchronous behavior.
|
||||
If onoff is
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize </function>
|
||||
turns off synchronous behavior.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@ message and exit.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the error handler, use
|
||||
<function>XSetErrorHandler .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetErrorHandler</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1973,8 +1973,8 @@ supplied error handler whenever an error is received.
|
|||
It is not called on
|
||||
<function>BadName</function>
|
||||
errors from
|
||||
<function>OpenFont ,</function>
|
||||
<function>LookupColor ,</function>
|
||||
<function>OpenFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>LookupColor</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>AllocNamedColor</function>
|
||||
protocol requests or on
|
||||
|
|
@ -2114,14 +2114,14 @@ chapter:
|
|||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><function>BadFont</function></entry>
|
||||
<entry>A value for a font argument does not name a defined font (or, in some cases,
|
||||
<function>GContext ).</function></entry>
|
||||
<function>GContext</function>).</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><function>BadGC</function></entry>
|
||||
<entry>A value for a
|
||||
<function>GContext </function>
|
||||
argument does not name a defined
|
||||
<function>GContext .</function></entry>
|
||||
<function>GContext</function>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><function>BadIDChoice</function></entry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2212,13 +2212,13 @@ chapter:
|
|||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>BadAtom , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadColor , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadCursor , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadFont , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadColor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadCursor</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadFont</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadPixmap</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow</function>
|
||||
errors are also used when the argument type is extended by a set of
|
||||
|
|
@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ fixed alternatives.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use
|
||||
<function>XGetErrorText .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetErrorText</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error message strings</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ and error strings.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain error messages from the error database, use
|
||||
<function>XGetErrorDatabaseText .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorDatabaseText</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ For a core protocol request,
|
|||
the major request protocol number is used for the message argument.
|
||||
For an extension request,
|
||||
the extension name (as given by
|
||||
<function>InitExtension )</function>
|
||||
<function>InitExtension</function>)
|
||||
followed by a period (\.) and the minor request protocol number
|
||||
is used for the message argument.
|
||||
If no string is found in the error database,
|
||||
|
|
@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ the default_string is returned to the buffer argument.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To report an error to the user when the requested display does not exist, use
|
||||
<function>XDisplayName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDisplayName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2492,7 +2492,7 @@ program attempted to open when the initial connection attempt failed.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To handle fatal I/O errors, use
|
||||
<function>XSetIOErrorHandler .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetIOErrorHandler</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIOErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ to manipulate your application's subwindows.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To request that a top-level window be iconified, use
|
||||
<function>XIconifyWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XIconifyWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIconifyWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ and a window of w
|
|||
to the root window of the specified screen
|
||||
with an event mask set to
|
||||
<function>SubstructureNotifyMask |</function>
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask .</function>
|
||||
<function>SubstructureRedirectMask</function>.
|
||||
Window managers may elect to receive this message and
|
||||
if the window is in its normal state,
|
||||
may treat it as a request to change the window's state from normal to iconic.
|
||||
|
|
@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ otherwise, it returns a zero status.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To request that a top-level window be withdrawn, use
|
||||
<function>XWithdrawWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWithdrawWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To request that a top-level window be reconfigured, use
|
||||
<function>XReconfigureWMWindow .</function>
|
||||
<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReconfigureWMWindow</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ To convert a list of text strings to an
|
|||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XwcTextListToTextProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,19 +697,19 @@ else ``COMPOUND_TEXT''.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If insufficient memory is available for the new value string,
|
||||
the functions return
|
||||
<function>XNoMemory .</function>
|
||||
<function>XNoMemory</function>.
|
||||
If the current locale is not supported,
|
||||
the functions return
|
||||
<function>XLocaleNotSupported .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLocaleNotSupported</function>.
|
||||
In both of these error cases,
|
||||
the functions do not set text_prop_return.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To determine if the functions are guaranteed not to return
|
||||
<function>XLocaleNotSupported ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XLocaleNotSupported</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XSupportsLocale .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSupportsLocale</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ the functions return the number of unconvertible characters.
|
|||
Each unconvertible character is converted to an implementation-defined and
|
||||
encoding-specific default string.
|
||||
Otherwise, the functions return
|
||||
<function>Success .</function>
|
||||
<function>Success</function>.
|
||||
Note that full convertibility to all styles except
|
||||
<function>XStringStyle</function>
|
||||
is guaranteed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ is guaranteed.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To free the storage for the value field, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ To obtain a list of text strings from an
|
|||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -833,14 +833,14 @@ If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements,
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>
|
||||
return
|
||||
<function>XNoMemory .</function>
|
||||
<function>XNoMemory</function>.
|
||||
If the current locale is not supported,
|
||||
the functions return
|
||||
<function>XLocaleNotSupported .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLocaleNotSupported</function>.
|
||||
Otherwise, if the encoding field of text_prop is not convertible
|
||||
to the encoding of the current locale,
|
||||
the functions return
|
||||
<function>XConverterNotFound .</function>
|
||||
<function>XConverterNotFound</function>.
|
||||
For supported locales,
|
||||
existence of a converter from COMPOUND_TEXT, STRING
|
||||
or the encoding of the current locale is guaranteed if
|
||||
|
|
@ -871,31 +871,31 @@ Each unconvertible character is converted to a string in the
|
|||
current locale that is specific to the current locale.
|
||||
To obtain the value of this string,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDefaultString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDefaultString</function>.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>
|
||||
return
|
||||
<function>Success .</function>
|
||||
<function>Success</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
|
||||
To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XwcFreeStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To free the in-memory data associated with the specified
|
||||
wide character string list, use
|
||||
<function>XwcFreeStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ Specifies the list of strings to be freed.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>
|
||||
function frees memory allocated by
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XDefaultString</function>
|
||||
function returns the default string used by Xlib for text conversion
|
||||
(for example, in
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList ).</function>
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>).
|
||||
The default string is the string in the current locale that is output
|
||||
when an unconvertible character is found during text conversion.
|
||||
If the string returned by
|
||||
|
|
@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ is independent of the default string for text drawing;
|
|||
see
|
||||
<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
|
||||
to obtain the default string for an
|
||||
<function>XFontSet .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFontSet</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.
|
|||
To set the specified list of strings in the STRING encoding to a
|
||||
<function>XTextProperty</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XStringListToTextProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ does not set any fields in the
|
|||
structure and returns a zero status.
|
||||
Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.
|
||||
To free the storage for the value field, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ To free the storage for the value field, use
|
|||
To obtain a list of strings from a specified
|
||||
<function>XTextProperty</function>
|
||||
structure in the STRING encoding, use
|
||||
<function>XTextPropertyToStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextPropertyToStringList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1121,13 +1121,13 @@ If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements,
|
|||
sets no return values and returns a zero status.
|
||||
Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.
|
||||
To free the storage for the list and its contents, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To free the in-memory data associated with the specified string list, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ function releases memory allocated by
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>
|
||||
and the missing charset list allocated by
|
||||
<function>XCreateFontSet .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_Text_Properties">
|
||||
|
|
@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ see sections 14.1.4, 14.1.5, 14.2.1, and 14.2.2, respectively.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set one of a window's text properties, use
|
||||
<function>XSetTextProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetTextProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1261,9 +1261,9 @@ sets it for the specified window.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadValue , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow </function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read one of a window's text properties, use
|
||||
<function>XGetTextProperty .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetTextProperty</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ If the specified property does not exist on the window,
|
|||
<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
|
||||
sets the value field to NULL,
|
||||
the encoding field to
|
||||
<function>None , </function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>,
|
||||
the format field to zero,
|
||||
and the nitems field to zero.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ the WM_NAME property for a given window.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_NAME property with the supplied convenience function, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ to set the WM_NAME property.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_NAME property with the supplied convenience function, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ otherwise, it returns a zero status.
|
|||
The following two functions have been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XSetWMName</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XGetWMName ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMName</function>,
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
You can use these additional convenience functions
|
||||
for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To assign a name to a window, use
|
||||
<function>XStoreName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStoreName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>name</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the name of a window, use
|
||||
<function>XFetchName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFetchName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
|
|||
Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
When finished with it, a client must free
|
||||
the window name string using
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ the WM_ICON_NAME property for a given window.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_ICON_NAME property,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMIconName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMIconName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ to set the WM_ICON_NAME property.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_ICON_NAME property,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMIconName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMIconName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ otherwise, it returns a zero status.
|
|||
The next two functions have been superseded by
|
||||
<function>XSetWMIconName</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XGetWMIconName ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMIconName</function>,
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
You can use these additional convenience functions
|
||||
for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the name to be displayed in a window's icon, use
|
||||
<function>XSetIconName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetIconName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>icon name</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the name a window wants displayed in its icon, use
|
||||
<function>XGetIconName .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetIconName</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconName</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@ then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
|
|||
Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
When finished with it, a client must free
|
||||
the icon name string using
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ header file.
|
|||
To allocate an
|
||||
<function>XWMHints</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XAllocWMHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAllocWMHints</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ If insufficient memory is available,
|
|||
returns NULL.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated to this structure,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2045,25 +2045,25 @@ Applications that expect input but never explicitly set focus to any
|
|||
of their subwindows (that is, use the push model of focus management),
|
||||
such as X Version 10 style applications that use real-estate
|
||||
driven focus, should set this member to
|
||||
<function>True . </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
Similarly, applications
|
||||
that set input focus to their subwindows only when it is given to their
|
||||
top-level window by a window manager should also set this member to
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
Applications that manage their own input focus by explicitly setting
|
||||
focus to one of their subwindows whenever they want keyboard input
|
||||
(that is, use the pull model of focus management) should set this member to
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
Applications that never expect any keyboard input also should set this member
|
||||
to
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Pull model window managers should make it possible for push model
|
||||
applications to get input by setting input focus to the top-level windows of
|
||||
applications whose input member is
|
||||
<function>True . </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
Push model window managers should
|
||||
make sure that pull model applications do not break them
|
||||
by resetting input focus to
|
||||
|
|
@ -2114,7 +2114,7 @@ or the window to be withdrawn.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_HINTS property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_HINTS property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ or returns a pointer to an
|
|||
structure if it succeeds.
|
||||
When finished with the data,
|
||||
free the space used for it by calling
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ instances of the structure be used.
|
|||
To allocate an
|
||||
<function>XSizeHints</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XAllocSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2294,7 +2294,7 @@ If insufficient memory is available,
|
|||
returns NULL.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated to this structure,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ macro is highly discouraged.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMNormalHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_SIZE_HINTS property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2637,8 +2637,8 @@ function.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom , </function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow</function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2647,7 +2647,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_SIZE_HINTS property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMSizeHints .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ header file.
|
|||
To allocate an
|
||||
<function>XClassHint</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XAllocClassHint .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAllocClassHint</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocClassHint</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ If insufficient memory is available,
|
|||
returns NULL.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated to this structure,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2860,7 +2860,7 @@ resource database.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_CLASS property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetClassHint .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClassHint</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClassHint</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2929,7 +2929,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_CLASS property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetClassHint .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetClassHint</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetClassHint</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3015,7 +3015,7 @@ the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property for a given window.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetTransientForHint .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3081,7 +3081,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetTransientForHint .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ the WM_PROTOCOLS property for a given window.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_PROTOCOLS property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProtocols .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_PROTOCOLS property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMProtocols .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ and returns a nonzero status.
|
|||
Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments
|
||||
and returns a zero status.
|
||||
To release the list of atoms, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for a given window.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMColormapWindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3430,7 +3430,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMColormapWindows .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ and returns a nonzero status.
|
|||
Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments
|
||||
and returns a zero status.
|
||||
To release the list of window identifiers, use
|
||||
<function>XFree . </function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3537,7 +3537,7 @@ header file.
|
|||
To allocate an
|
||||
<function>XIconSize</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XAllocIconSize .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAllocIconSize</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ If insufficient memory is available,
|
|||
returns NULL.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated to this structure,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ sizes (minimum to maximum) that represent the supported icon sizes.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_ICON_SIZE property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetIconSizes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetIconSizes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_ICON_SIZE property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetIconSizes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetIconSizes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3741,7 +3741,7 @@ should then use
|
|||
to supply the window manager with an icon pixmap or window in one of the
|
||||
supported sizes.
|
||||
To free the data allocated in size_list_return, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3912,12 +3912,12 @@ and the properties are created with type ``COMPOUND_TEXT''.
|
|||
If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property (see section 14.1.7).
|
||||
If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetWMHints ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMHints</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_HINTS property (see section 14.1.6).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3980,7 +3980,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's standard window manager properties
|
||||
with strings in client-specified encodings, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>.
|
||||
The standard window manager properties for a given window are
|
||||
WM_NAME, WM_ICON_NAME, WM_HINTS, WM_NORMAL_HINTS, WM_CLASS,
|
||||
WM_COMMAND, and WM_CLIENT_MACHINE.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4115,17 +4115,17 @@ managers).
|
|||
If the window_name argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetWMName ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMName</function>,
|
||||
which, in turn, sets the WM_NAME property (see section 14.1.4).
|
||||
If the icon_name argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetWMIconName ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMIconName</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_ICON_NAME property (see section 14.1.5).
|
||||
If the argv argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetCommand ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetCommand</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_COMMAND property (see section 14.2.1).
|
||||
Note that an argc of zero is allowed to indicate a zero-length command.
|
||||
Note also that the hostname of this machine is stored using
|
||||
|
|
@ -4137,12 +4137,12 @@ Note also that the hostname of this machine is stored using
|
|||
If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property (see section 14.1.7).
|
||||
If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetWMHints ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMHints</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_HINTS property (see section 14.1.6).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4150,7 +4150,7 @@ which sets the WM_HINTS property (see section 14.1.6).
|
|||
If the class_hints argument is non-NULL,
|
||||
<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
|
||||
calls
|
||||
<function>XSetClassHint ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetClassHint</function>,
|
||||
which sets the WM_CLASS property (see section 14.1.8).
|
||||
If the res_name member in the
|
||||
<function>XClassHint</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ the WM_COMMAND property for a given window.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_COMMAND property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetCommand .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetCommand</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCommand</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4289,7 +4289,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_COMMAND property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetCommand .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetCommand</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetCommand</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4363,7 +4363,7 @@ If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
|
|||
then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
|
||||
Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated to the string list, use
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">
|
||||
|
|
@ -4380,7 +4380,7 @@ the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property for a given window.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set a window's WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property, use
|
||||
<function>XSetWMClientMachine .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4440,7 +4440,7 @@ to set the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To read a window's WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetWMClientMachine .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetWMClientMachine</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4607,7 +4607,7 @@ Applications should use the standard colormaps if they already exist.
|
|||
To allocate an
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XAllocStandardColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4629,7 +4629,7 @@ If insufficient memory is available,
|
|||
returns NULL.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated to this structure,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -4813,7 +4813,7 @@ for text, borders, and so on.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This atom names a property. The value of the property is an
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The property defines the best <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap available on
|
||||
|
|
@ -4843,7 +4843,7 @@ RGB_BEST_MAP is normally an 8/8/8 allocation.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
These atoms name properties.
|
||||
The value of each property is an
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap . </function>
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The properties define all-red, all-green, and all-blue
|
||||
|
|
@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ and once with blue) and by multiply exposing a single frame in a camera.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
This atom names a property.
|
||||
The value of the property is an
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The property describes the best
|
||||
|
|
@ -4899,7 +4899,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
To set an
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap</function>
|
||||
structure, use
|
||||
<function>XSetRGBColormaps .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5027,7 +5027,7 @@ Determine the color characteristics of the visual.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Allocate cells in the colormap (or create it with
|
||||
<function>AllocAll ).</function>
|
||||
<function>AllocAll</function>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -5067,8 +5067,8 @@ Ungrab the server.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAtom ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadAtom</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadWindow</function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -5079,7 +5079,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
To obtain the
|
||||
<function>XStandardColormap </function>
|
||||
structure associated with the specified property, use
|
||||
<function>XGetRGBColormaps .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ in many of the resource manager functions.
|
|||
Simple comparisons can be performed rather than string comparisons.
|
||||
The shorthand name for a string is called a quark and is the
|
||||
type
|
||||
<function>XrmQuark .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQuark</function>.
|
||||
On some occasions,
|
||||
you may want to allocate a quark that has no string equivalent.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ but its use is entirely local to your application.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To allocate a new quark, use
|
||||
<function>XrmUniqueQuark .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmUniqueQuark</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmUniqueQuark</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ is known to the resource manager.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
Each name, class, and representation type is typedef'd as an
|
||||
<function>XrmQuark .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQuark</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ typedef XrmQuarkList XrmClassList;
|
|||
To convert a string to a quark, use
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XrmPermStringToQuark .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmPermStringToQuark</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<literallayout class="monospaced">
|
||||
#define XrmStringToName(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,11 +444,11 @@ The string argument to
|
|||
need not be permanently allocated storage.
|
||||
<function>XrmPermStringToQuark</function>
|
||||
is just like
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuark ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>,
|
||||
except that Xlib is permitted to assume the string argument is permanently
|
||||
allocated,
|
||||
and, hence, that it can be used as the value to be returned by
|
||||
<function>XrmQuarkToString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ all future calls will return the same value (identical address).
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To convert a quark to a string, use
|
||||
<function>XrmQuarkToString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<literallayout class="monospaced">
|
||||
|
|
@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ all future calls will return the same value (identical address).
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To convert a string with one or more components to a quark list, use
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuarkList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<literallayout class="monospaced">
|
||||
|
|
@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the list of quarks.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuarkList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ indicates that an asterisk separates the components.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To convert a string with one or more components to a binding list
|
||||
and a quark list, use
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the binding list.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the list of quarks.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ bindings: loose tight loose
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
A resource database is an opaque type,
|
||||
<function>XrmDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmDatabase</function>.
|
||||
Each database value is stored in an
|
||||
<function>XrmValue </function>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
|
|
@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To initialize the resource manager, use
|
||||
<function>XrmInitialize .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmInitialize</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmInitialize</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ To initialize the resource manager, use
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
To retrieve a database from disk, use
|
||||
<function>XrmGetFileDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ returns NULL.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To store a copy of a database to disk, use
|
||||
<function>XrmPutFileDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Entries with representation types other than ``String'' are ignored.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a pointer to the screen-independent resources of a display, use
|
||||
<function>XResourceManagerString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XResourceManagerString</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResourceManagerString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -841,21 +841,21 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XResourceManagerString</function>
|
||||
function returns the RESOURCE_MANAGER property from the server's root
|
||||
window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using
|
||||
<function>XOpenDisplay .</function>
|
||||
<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.
|
||||
The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
|
||||
The conversion is identical to that produced by
|
||||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
|
||||
for a single element STRING property.
|
||||
The returned string is owned by Xlib and should not be freed by the client.
|
||||
The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to
|
||||
<function>XrmGetStringDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
|
||||
If no property exists, NULL is returned.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a pointer to the screen-specific resources of a screen, use
|
||||
<function>XScreenResourceString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XScreenResourceString</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenResourceString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -890,16 +890,16 @@ The conversion is identical to that produced by
|
|||
<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
|
||||
for a single element STRING property.
|
||||
The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to
|
||||
<function>XrmGetStringDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
|
||||
If no property exists, NULL is returned.
|
||||
The caller is responsible for freeing the returned string by using
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a database from a string, use
|
||||
<function>XrmGetStringDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetStringDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ and the database is created in the current locale.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the locale name of a database, use
|
||||
<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ it will not be modified by Xlib.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To destroy a resource database and free its allocated memory, use
|
||||
<function>XrmDestroyDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDestroyDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ returns immediately.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To associate a resource database with a display, use
|
||||
<function>XrmSetDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmSetDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ once it is constructed.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the resource database associated with a display, use
|
||||
<function>XrmGetDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ It returns NULL if a database has not yet been set.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To merge the contents of a resource file into a database, use
|
||||
<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ If the same specifier is used for an entry in both the file and
|
|||
the database,
|
||||
the entry in the file will replace the entry in the database
|
||||
if override is
|
||||
<function>True ;</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, the entry in the file is discarded.
|
||||
The file is parsed in the current locale.
|
||||
If the file cannot be read,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ The locale of the target database is not modified.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To merge the contents of one database into another database, use
|
||||
<function>XrmCombineDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ function merges the contents of one database into another.
|
|||
If the same specifier is used for an entry in both databases,
|
||||
the entry in the source_db will replace the entry in the target_db
|
||||
if override is
|
||||
<function>True ;</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, the entry in source_db is discarded.
|
||||
If target_db contains NULL,
|
||||
<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ The locale of the target database is not modified.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To merge the contents of one database into another database with override
|
||||
semantics, use
|
||||
<function>XrmMergeDatabases .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmMergeDatabases</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ Calling the
|
|||
function is equivalent to calling the
|
||||
<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>
|
||||
function with an override argument of
|
||||
<function>True .</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Looking_Up_Resources">
|
||||
|
|
@ -1304,10 +1304,10 @@ function with an override argument of
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To retrieve a resource from a resource database, use
|
||||
<function>XrmGetResource ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetResource ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmGetResource</function>,
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetResource</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchResource .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1465,10 +1465,10 @@ therefore, you must not modify the data.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The database only frees or overwrites entries on
|
||||
<function>XrmPutResource , </function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmPutResource</function>,
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XrmMergeDatabases .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.
|
||||
A client that is not storing new values into the database or
|
||||
is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed
|
||||
back at any time until it exits.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1477,9 +1477,9 @@ If a resource was found, both
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetResource </function>
|
||||
return
|
||||
<function>True ;</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, they return
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ of database levels that might match the first part of a name/class list.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a list of database levels, use
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchList</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ Specifies a list of resource classes.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Returns a search list for further use.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1586,9 +1586,9 @@ for determining precedence.
|
|||
If list_return was large enough for the search list,
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>True ;</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, it returns
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1604,13 +1604,13 @@ When using
|
|||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList </function>
|
||||
followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix,
|
||||
only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To search resource database levels for a given resource, use
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchResource .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchResource</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ To search resource database levels for a given resource, use
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the search list returned by
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ returns
|
|||
<function>True </function>
|
||||
if the resource was found;
|
||||
otherwise, it returns
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ with the fully qualified name and class.
|
|||
To store resources into the database, use
|
||||
<function>XrmPutResource </function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource</function>.
|
||||
Both functions take a partial resource specification, a
|
||||
representation type, and a value.
|
||||
This value is copied into the specified database.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ The value is stored in the database without modification.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add a resource that is specified as a string, use
|
||||
<function>XrmPutStringResource .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ adds a resource with the specified value to the specified database.
|
|||
is a convenience function that first calls
|
||||
<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>
|
||||
on the specifier and then calls
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,
|
||||
using a ``String'' representation type.
|
||||
If the specifier is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
|
||||
the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ The value is stored in the database without modification.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add a string resource using quarks as a specification, use
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutStringResource .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ for the value string (by calling
|
|||
<function>strlen</function>
|
||||
to compute the size) and
|
||||
then calls
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,
|
||||
using a ``String'' representation type.
|
||||
The value is stored in the database without modification.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ The value is stored in the database without modification.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To add a single resource entry that is specified as a string that contains
|
||||
both a name and a value, use
|
||||
<function>XrmPutLineResource .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutLineResource</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ Note that comment lines are not stored.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To enumerate the entries of a database, use
|
||||
<function>XrmEnumerateDatabase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmEnumerateDatabase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2185,20 +2185,20 @@ function calls the specified procedure for each resource in the database
|
|||
that would match some completion of the given name/class resource prefix.
|
||||
The order in which resources are found is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<function>XrmEnumOneLevel ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmEnumOneLevel</function>,
|
||||
a resource must match the given name/class prefix with
|
||||
just a single name and class appended. If mode is
|
||||
<function>XrmEnumAllLevels ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmEnumAllLevels</function>,
|
||||
the resource must match the given name/class prefix with one or more names and
|
||||
classes appended.
|
||||
If the procedure returns
|
||||
<function>True ,</function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>,
|
||||
the enumeration terminates and the function returns
|
||||
<function>True . </function>
|
||||
<function>True</function>.
|
||||
If the procedure always returns
|
||||
<function>False ,</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>,
|
||||
all matching resources are enumerated and the function returns
|
||||
<function>False .</function>
|
||||
<function>False</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ The procedure is called with the following arguments:
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The bindings and quarks lists are terminated by
|
||||
<function>NULLQUARK .</function>
|
||||
<function>NULLQUARK</function>.
|
||||
Note that pointers
|
||||
to the database and type are passed, but these values should not be modified.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To load a resource database from a C command line, use
|
||||
<function>XrmParseCommand .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmParseCommand</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmParseCommand</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ in the order they occur in argv.
|
|||
The table entries contain information on the option string,
|
||||
the option name, the style of option,
|
||||
and a value to provide if the option kind is
|
||||
<function>XrmoptionNoArg .</function>
|
||||
<function>XrmoptionNoArg</function>.
|
||||
The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv,
|
||||
independent of any locale.
|
||||
The resource values given in the table are stored in the resource database
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ use the functions described in section 12.7.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a KeySym for the KeyCode of an event, use
|
||||
<function>XLookupKeysym .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLookupKeysym</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupKeysym</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,13 +146,13 @@ structure.
|
|||
If no KeySym is defined for the KeyCode of the event,
|
||||
<function>XLookupKeysym</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>NoSymbol .</function>
|
||||
<function>NoSymbol</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a KeySym for a specific KeyCode, use
|
||||
<function>XKeycodeToKeysym .</function>
|
||||
<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeycodeToKeysym</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,13 +208,13 @@ the element of the KeyCode vector.
|
|||
If no symbol is defined,
|
||||
<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>NoSymbol .</function>
|
||||
<function>NoSymbol</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a KeyCode for a key having a specific KeySym, use
|
||||
<function>XKeysymToKeycode .</function>
|
||||
<function>XKeysymToKeycode</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToKeycode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ The mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms is cached internal to Xlib.
|
|||
When this information is changed at the server, an Xlib function must
|
||||
be called to refresh the cache.
|
||||
To refresh the stored modifier and keymap information, use
|
||||
<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ The result is to update Xlib's knowledge of the keyboard.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the uppercase and lowercase forms of a KeySym, use
|
||||
<function>XConvertCase .</function>
|
||||
<function>XConvertCase</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertCase</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ implementation-dependent.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
KeySyms have string names as well as numeric codes.
|
||||
To convert the name of the KeySym to the KeySym code, use
|
||||
<function>XStringToKeysym .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStringToKeysym</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringToKeysym</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -408,13 +408,13 @@ the result is implementation-dependent.
|
|||
If the specified string does not match a valid KeySym,
|
||||
<function>XStringToKeysym</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>NoSymbol .</function>
|
||||
<function>NoSymbol</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To convert a KeySym code to the name of the KeySym, use
|
||||
<function>XKeysymToString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XKeysymToString</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ described in chapter 13 and does not depend on the current locale.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To map a key event to an ISO Latin-1 string, use
|
||||
<function>XLookupString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLookupString</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ Specifies the key event structure to be used.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>XKeyPressedEvent</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XKeyReleasedEvent .</function>
|
||||
<function>XKeyReleasedEvent</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -743,11 +743,11 @@ The
|
|||
<function>XLookupString</function>
|
||||
function translates a key event to a KeySym and a string.
|
||||
The KeySym is obtained by using the standard interpretation of the
|
||||
<function>Shift ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Lock ,</function>
|
||||
<function>Shift</function>,
|
||||
<function>Lock</function>,
|
||||
group, and numlock modifiers as defined in the X Protocol specification.
|
||||
If the KeySym has been rebound (see
|
||||
<function>XRebindKeysym ),</function>
|
||||
<function>XRebindKeysym</function>),
|
||||
the bound string will be stored in the buffer.
|
||||
Otherwise, the KeySym is mapped, if possible, to an ISO Latin-1 character
|
||||
or (if the Control modifier is on) to an ASCII control character,
|
||||
|
|
@ -782,9 +782,9 @@ to keep this information up-to-date.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To rebind the meaning of a KeySym for
|
||||
<function>XLookupString ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XLookupString</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XRebindKeysym .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRebindKeysym</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRebindKeysym</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ Specifies the number of modifiers in the modifier list.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by
|
||||
<function>XLookupString .</function>
|
||||
<function>XLookupString</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Note that you can rebind a KeySym that may not exist.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To allocate some memory you will never give back, use
|
||||
<function>Xpermalloc .</function>
|
||||
<function>Xpermalloc</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Xpermalloc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ the standard operating system memory allocator.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To parse standard window geometry strings, use
|
||||
<function>XParseGeometry .</function>
|
||||
<function>XParseGeometry</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XParseGeometry</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1029,11 +1029,11 @@ be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.''
|
|||
For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated.
|
||||
For each value not found, the argument is left unchanged.
|
||||
The bits are represented by
|
||||
<function>XValue , </function>
|
||||
<function>YValue , </function>
|
||||
<function>WidthValue , </function>
|
||||
<function>HeightValue ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XNegative , </function>
|
||||
<function>XValue</function>,
|
||||
<function>YValue</function>,
|
||||
<function>WidthValue</function>,
|
||||
<function>HeightValue</function>,
|
||||
<function>XNegative</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>YNegative</function>
|
||||
and are defined in
|
||||
|
|
@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ you should place the window at the requested position.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To construct a window's geometry information, use
|
||||
<function>XWMGeometry .</function>
|
||||
<function>XWMGeometry</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWMGeometry</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1194,15 +1194,15 @@ Returns the window gravity.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<function>XWMGeometry </function>
|
||||
function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by
|
||||
<function>XParseGeometry )</function>
|
||||
<function>XParseGeometry</function>)
|
||||
specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints
|
||||
(usually the ones to be stored in WM_NORMAL_HINTS) and returns the position,
|
||||
size, and gravity
|
||||
<function>( NorthWestGravity , </function>
|
||||
<function>NorthEastGravity , </function>
|
||||
<function>SouthEastGravity ,</function>
|
||||
(<function>NorthWestGravity</function>,
|
||||
<function>NorthEastGravity</function>,
|
||||
<function>SouthEastGravity</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>SouthWestGravity ) </function>
|
||||
<function>SouthWestGravity</function>)
|
||||
that describe the window.
|
||||
If the base size is not set in the
|
||||
<function>XSizeHints</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed.
|
|||
If no minimum size is set in the hints structure,
|
||||
the base size is used.
|
||||
A mask (in the form returned by
|
||||
<function>XParseGeometry ) </function>
|
||||
<function>XParseGeometry</function>)
|
||||
that describes which values came from the user specification
|
||||
and whether or not the position coordinates are relative
|
||||
to the right and bottom edges is returned.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ Locate a point or rectangle in a region
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To create a new empty region, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateRegion</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Region XCreateRegion()</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ To create a new empty region, use
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To generate a region from a polygon, use
|
||||
<function>XPolygonRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPolygonRegion</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPolygonRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>EvenOddRule</function>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>WindingRule .</function>
|
||||
<function>WindingRule</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1347,13 +1347,13 @@ The
|
|||
function returns a region for the polygon defined by the points array.
|
||||
For an explanation of fill_rule,
|
||||
see
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateGC</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the clip-mask of a GC to a region, use
|
||||
<function>XSetRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSetRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ the region can be destroyed.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To deallocate the storage associated with a specified region, use
|
||||
<function>XDestroyRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDestroyRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ Specifies the region.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To move a region by a specified amount, use
|
||||
<function>XOffsetRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XOffsetRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ which define the amount you want to (Dy the specified region.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To reduce a region by a specified amount, use
|
||||
<function>XShrinkRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XShrinkRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XShrinkRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ and negative values expand the region.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To generate the smallest rectangle enclosing a region, use
|
||||
<function>XClipBox .</function>
|
||||
<function>XClipBox</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClipBox</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ function returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the specified region.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To compute the intersection of two regions, use
|
||||
<function>XIntersectRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XIntersectRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIntersectRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ Returns the result of the computation.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To compute the union of two regions, use
|
||||
<function>XUnionRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnionRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ Returns the result of the computation.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a union of a source region and a rectangle, use
|
||||
<function>XUnionRectWithRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRectWithRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ and the specified source region.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To subtract two regions, use
|
||||
<function>XSubtractRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSubtractRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubtractRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ function subtracts srb from sra and stores the results in dr_return.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To calculate the difference between the union and intersection
|
||||
of two regions, use
|
||||
<function>XXorRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XXorRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XXorRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ Returns the result of the computation.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To determine if the specified region is empty, use
|
||||
<function>XEmptyRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XEmptyRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEmptyRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ if the region is empty.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine if two regions have the same offset, size, and shape, use
|
||||
<function>XEqualRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XEqualRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEqualRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ if the two regions have the same offset, size, and shape.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To determine if a specified point resides in a specified region, use
|
||||
<function>XPointInRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPointInRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPointInRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine if a specified rectangle is inside a region, use
|
||||
<function>XRectInRegion .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRectInRegion</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRectInRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ and can be accessed as a ring or as explicit buffers (numbered 0 through 7).
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To store data in cut buffer 0, use
|
||||
<function>XStoreBytes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStoreBytes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ The data can have embedded null characters
|
|||
and need not be null-terminated.
|
||||
The cut buffer's contents can be retrieved later by
|
||||
any client calling
|
||||
<function>XFetchBytes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFetchBytes</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To store data in a specified cut buffer, use
|
||||
<function>XStoreBuffer .</function>
|
||||
<function>XStoreBuffer</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBuffer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return data from cut buffer 0, use
|
||||
<function>XFetchBytes .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFetchBytes</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2322,13 +2322,13 @@ Otherwise, the function
|
|||
returns NULL and sets nbytes to 0.
|
||||
The appropriate amount of storage is allocated and the pointer returned.
|
||||
The client must free this storage when finished with it by calling
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return data from a specified cut buffer, use
|
||||
<function>XFetchBuffer .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFetchBuffer</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ buffer is specified.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To rotate the cut buffers, use
|
||||
<function>XRotateBuffers .</function>
|
||||
<function>XRotateBuffers</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
To obtain a list of visual information structures that match a specified
|
||||
template, use
|
||||
<function>XGetVisualInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2572,14 +2572,14 @@ If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask,
|
|||
<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>
|
||||
returns a NULL.
|
||||
To free the data returned by this function, use
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the visual information that matches the specified depth and
|
||||
class of the screen, use
|
||||
<function>XMatchVisualInfo .</function>
|
||||
<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMatchVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ images.
|
|||
The basic operations for getting and putting images are
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XPutImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutImage</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -2726,7 +2726,7 @@ see section 8.7.
|
|||
To allocate an
|
||||
<function>XImage </function>
|
||||
structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2786,10 +2786,10 @@ Specifies the depth of the image.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the format for the image.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<function>XYBitmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XYBitmap</function>,
|
||||
<function>XYPixmap</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap .</function>
|
||||
<function>ZPixmap</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2885,10 +2885,10 @@ in memory and calculates the value of bytes_per_line itself.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Note that when the image is created using
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage</function>,
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XSubImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSubImage</function>,
|
||||
the destroy procedure that the
|
||||
<function>XDestroyImage</function>
|
||||
function calls frees both the image structure
|
||||
|
|
@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ in the image object and are defined in
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a pixel value in an image, use
|
||||
<function>XGetPixel .</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetPixel</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPixel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ The image must contain the x and y coordinates.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set a pixel value in an image, use
|
||||
<function>XPutPixel .</function>
|
||||
<function>XPutPixel</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutPixel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ The image must contain the x and y coordinates.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a subimage, use
|
||||
<function>XSubImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSubImage</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3125,7 +3125,7 @@ and subimage_height.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To increment each pixel in an image by a constant value, use
|
||||
<function>XAddPixel .</function>
|
||||
<function>XAddPixel</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddPixel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3172,9 +3172,9 @@ color resources and need to manipulate the image to that form.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To deallocate the memory allocated in a previous call to
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDestroyImage .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDestroyImage</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyImage</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3209,10 +3209,10 @@ structure.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Note that when the image is created using
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XGetImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateImage</function>,
|
||||
<function>XGetImage</function>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<function>XSubImage ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XSubImage</function>,
|
||||
the destroy procedure that this macro calls
|
||||
frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ The bitmap unit is 8.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read a bitmap from a file and store it in a pixmap, use
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile .</function>
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3375,16 +3375,16 @@ is implementation-dependent.
|
|||
If the file cannot be opened,
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile </function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapOpenFailed . </function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapOpenFailed</function>.
|
||||
If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapFileInvalid . </function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapFileInvalid</function>.
|
||||
If insufficient working storage is allocated,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapNoMemory . </function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapNoMemory</function>.
|
||||
If the file is readable and valid,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapSuccess .</function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapSuccess</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -3406,8 +3406,8 @@ otherwise, it returns \-1,\-1.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3416,7 +3416,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To read a bitmap from a file and return it as data, use
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFileData .</function>
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFileData</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3501,19 +3501,19 @@ Return the hotspot coordinates.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>
|
||||
function reads in a file containing a bitmap, in the same manner as
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>,
|
||||
but returns the data directly rather than creating a pixmap in the server.
|
||||
The bitmap data is returned in data_return; the client must free this
|
||||
storage when finished with it by calling
|
||||
<function>XFree .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFree</function>.
|
||||
The status and other return values are the same as for
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile .</function>
|
||||
<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To write out a bitmap from a pixmap to a file, use
|
||||
<function>XWriteBitmapFile .</function>
|
||||
<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3615,14 +3615,14 @@ by deleting the directory prefix.
|
|||
The file is written in the encoding of the current locale.
|
||||
If the file cannot be opened for writing,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapOpenFailed . </function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapOpenFailed</function>.
|
||||
If insufficient memory is allocated,
|
||||
<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapNoMemory ;</function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapNoMemory</function>;
|
||||
otherwise, on no error,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<function>BitmapSuccess .</function>
|
||||
<function>BitmapSuccess</function>.
|
||||
If x_hot and y_hot are not \-1, \-1,
|
||||
<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
|
||||
writes them out as the hotspot coordinates for the bitmap.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3640,7 +3640,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a pixmap and then store bitmap-format data into it, use
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3758,9 +3758,9 @@ error results.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadGC ,</function>
|
||||
<function>BadAlloc</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadDrawable</function>,
|
||||
<function>BadGC</function>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>BadValue</function>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ To include a bitmap written out by
|
|||
<function>XWriteBitmapFile </function>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use
|
||||
<function>XCreateBitmapFromData .</function>
|
||||
<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateBitmapFromData</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>
|
||||
function allows you to include in your C program (using
|
||||
<function>#include )</function>
|
||||
<function>#include</function>)
|
||||
a bitmap file that was written out by
|
||||
<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
|
||||
(X version 11 format only) without reading in the bitmap file.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3866,7 +3866,7 @@ bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, window, gray_bits, gray_width, gray_heig
|
|||
If insufficient working storage was allocated,
|
||||
<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<function>None .</function>
|
||||
<function>None</function>.
|
||||
It is your responsibility to free the
|
||||
bitmap using
|
||||
<function>XFreePixmap</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3915,7 +3915,7 @@ The symbols used are in
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To save a data value that corresponds to a resource ID and context type, use
|
||||
<function>XSaveContext .</function>
|
||||
<function>XSaveContext</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSaveContext</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3989,7 +3989,7 @@ Possible errors are
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To get the data associated with a resource ID and type, use
|
||||
<function>XFindContext .</function>
|
||||
<function>XFindContext</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindContext</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@ Possible errors are
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To delete an entry for a given resource ID and type, use
|
||||
<function>XDeleteContext .</function>
|
||||
<function>XDeleteContext</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteContext</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
|
@ -4126,9 +4126,9 @@ does not free the data whose address was saved.
|
|||
To create a unique context type that may be used in subsequent calls to
|
||||
<function>XSaveContext </function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XFindContext ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFindContext</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XUniqueContext .</function>
|
||||
<function>XUniqueContext</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>XContext XuniqueContext()</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name identify the charset of the font.
|
|||
A base font name may be a full <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, with all fourteen '-' delimiters,
|
||||
or an abbreviated <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name containing only the first 12 fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,
|
||||
up to but not including
|
||||
<function>CharSetRegistry ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CharSetRegistry</function>,
|
||||
with or without the thirteenth '-', or a non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> name.
|
||||
Any <acronym>XLFD</acronym> fields may contain wild cards.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When creating an
|
||||
<function>XFontSet ,</function>
|
||||
<function>XFontSet</function>,
|
||||
Xlib accepts from the client a list of one or more base font names
|
||||
which select one or more font families.
|
||||
They are combined with charset names obtained from the encoding of the locale
|
||||
|
|
@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ See <function>Bit gravity</function> and <function>Window gravity</function>.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<function>GrayScale </function>
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
<function>PseudoColor , </function>
|
||||
<function>PseudoColor</function>,
|
||||
in which the red, green, and blue values in any given colormap entry
|
||||
are equal and thus, produce shades of gray.
|
||||
The gray values can be changed dynamically.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half
|
|||
of the timestamp space as being earlier in time than T
|
||||
and half of the timestamp space as being later in time than T.
|
||||
One timestamp value, represented by the constant
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime ,</function>
|
||||
<function>CurrentTime</function>,
|
||||
is never generated by the server.
|
||||
This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.
|
||||
<!-- .KE -->
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue